2011 springer news · 2012-04-27 · 52 bloch, the real numbers and real analysis 48 böllinghaus...

94
2011 AB Springer NEWS springer.com ABCD APRIL 2011 4 springer.com/NEWSonline

Upload: others

Post on 30-Mar-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

2011

AB

Springer

NEWSHeidelberg

New York

Dordrecht

London

Tokyo

Vienna

Basel

Berlin

Hong Kong

Milan

New Delhi

Paris

springer.comABCD

APRIL

2011

4

Bank Verlag

Birkhäuser

Copernicus

Current Medicine

Humana Press

Physica Verlag

Springer Healthcare

Praxis

Springer Wien NewYork

T.M.C. Asser Press

VDI

H2090

springer.com/NEWSonline

Page 2: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Sales and Service

Bookstore and Library Sales:

Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Salestel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578e-mail: [email protected]

Trade Marketing Support:

Phillip Scott, Channel Marketing Specialisttel: 800-777-4643 ext. 621e-mail: [email protected]

Agency Account Information

7 Library Approval Plan7 Bookseller Agency Plan7 Annual Prepayment Plan7 Standing Orders

Attn: Joe KozakiewiczP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303fax: 201-348-4505e-mail: [email protected]

To Order:

SpringerP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485

or call

800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET

or fax

201-348-4505

or e-mail

[email protected]

World Wide Web:

Springer: springer.comApress: www.apress.comBirkhäuser: www.birkhauser.comCopernicus: www.copernicusbooks.comKey Curriculum: www.keypress.com

Returns:

Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not follow the procedures detailed above.

Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada): Springerc/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution CenterBrooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3Brooklyn, NY 11205

Returns in Canada:Springerc/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse34 Armstrong AvenueGeorgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9

Prices:

Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.

Continuation Orders

Library Approval Plan:

All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication. A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.

Bookseller Agency Plan:

The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-cations in the plan may be made at any time.

Annual Prepayment Plan:

Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.

Standing Orders:

Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.

Change of Address for Continuation Orders:

Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance. Please indicate:7 journal or standing order title7 date on which the change is to take effect7 old address7 new address

For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).

General InformationSpringer News 4/2011

Discount Key

P = ProfessionalMC = Medicine/ClinicalMR = Medicine/ReferenceT = TradeC = Computer TradeL = Landolt-Bornstein HandbookS = Special Software

springer.comABCD

014161b

Notice of Price Changes

Springer announces that as of

April 1, 2011a new price list for print books will take effect.

The list of price changes will be posted for download from

springer.com/booksellers

new price list

ANNOUNCEMENT

014161b_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 16/02/2011 5:30:47 PM

Page 3: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline IContents

Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IITitle Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIProceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Biomedicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Business for Professionals/Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Earth Sciences/Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Environmental Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Physics/Astronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Popular Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

All titles are included in Springer’s eBook Collections on SpringerLink .com .Exceptions are marked “Only available in print .”

Page 4: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Author Index springer.com/NEWSonlineII Springer News 4/2011Author Index

A

79 Abdulla (Eds), Tools and Algorithms for the Construction and Analysis of Systems . TACAS 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6605)

18 Advances in Mathematical Economics 15 7 Advances in Polymer Science 239 51 Albeverio et al ., Hyperfinite Dirichlet Forms

and Stochastic Processes (Lecture Notes of the Unione Matematica Italiana 10)

21 Allen (Eds), The Flexible Professional in the Knowledge Society (Higher Education Dynamics 35)

51 Alpay, A Complex Analysis Problem Book 77 Alquier (Eds), Inverse Problems and High-

Dimensional Estimation (Lecture Notes in Statistics, Lecture Notes in Statistics 203)

25 Annaratone, Transient Heat Transfer (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology 3)

25 Ao (Eds), Electrical Engineering and Applied Computing (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 90)

38 Arai, Fish Karyotypes 66 Aranda, Annotated Catalogue of 3,000

Deep-Sky Objects (Patrick Moore’s Practical Astronomy Series)

25 Arnould, Icarus’ Second Chance (Studies in Space Policy 6)

14 Attri (Eds), Challenges and Opportunities in Agrometeorology

11 Avgeriou (Eds), Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, TPLOP 6510)

B

18 Baltagi, Econometrics 5th ed . 38 Banfalvi (Ed), Cell Cycle Synchronization

(Methods in Molecular Biology 761) 79 Barthe (Ed), Programming Languages and

Systems . ESOP 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6602)

66 Barthol (Ed), The Sunrise Balloon-Borne Stratospheric Solar Observatory

26 Batchelor (Ed), Machine Vision Handbook <Book + eReference>

26 Batchelor (Ed), Machine Vision Handbook <eReference>

26 Batchelor (Ed), Machine Vision Handbook <Print>

26 Bauer, Thermophotovoltaics (Green Energy and Technology)

51 Bauschke (Eds), Fixed-Point Algorithms for Inverse Problems in Science and Engineering (Springer Optimization and Its Applications 49)

48 Beck (Eds), Nanocosmetics and Nanomedicines

38 Behnassi (Eds), Sustainable Agricultural Development

Author Index

57 Benson (Eds), Children’s Neuromuscular Disorders

57 Benson (Eds), Children’s Upper and Lower Limb Orthopaedic Disorders

57 Benson (Eds), General Principles of Children’s Orthopaedic Disease

26 Bergmann (Eds), Nanostructured Materials for Engineering Applications

79 Berry (Eds), Requirements Engineering: Foundation for Software Quality . REFSQ 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNPSE 6606)

80 Biryukov (Eds), Selected Areas in Cryptography . SAC 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 6544)

1 Blackwell/Martin, A Scientific Approach to Scientific Writing

66 Blanchard/Volchenkov, Random Walks and Diffusions on Graphs and Databases (Springer Series in Synergetics 10)

73 Blazina (Eds), The Psychology of the Human-Animal Bond

52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena

in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation and

Degradation in Geomaterials (Springer Series in Geomechanics and Geoengineering 11)

58 Boulton/Vileikyte, Painful Diabetic Neuropathy in Clinical Practice

73 Brdar (Ed), The Human Pursuit of Well-Being 37 Broekman (Eds), The Semiotics of Law in

Legal Education 27 Bühler/Minker, Domain-Level Reasoning for

Spoken Dialogue Systems 58 Buki (Eds), Creating Infrastructures for Latino

Mental Health 35 Burritt (Eds), Environmental Management

Accounting and Supply Chain Management (Eco-Efficiency in Industry and Science 27)

C

21 Calvo (Eds), Affective Prospecting (Explorations in the Learning Sciences, Instructional Systems 3)

39 Campbell (Eds), Integrating Agriculture, Conservation and Ecotourism: Examples from the Field (Issues in Agroecology – Present Status and Future Prospectus 1)

11 Campion, The Synthesis of Three Dimensional Haptic Textures: Geometry, Control, and Psychophysics (Springer Series on Touch and Haptic Systems 1)

7 Caneba/Dar, Emulsion-based Free-Radical Retrograde-Precipitation Polymerization

39 Castrillo (Eds), Yeast Systems Biology (Methods in Molecular Biology 759)

27 Ceccarelli (Ed), Technology Developments: the Role of Mechanism and Machine Science and IFToMM (Mechanisms and Machine Science 1)

80 Ceri (Eds), Search Computing (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6585)

67 Chaichian et al ., From the Cosmos to Quarks (Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics)

14 Chandrappa et al ., Coping with Climate Change

12 Chatterjee/Sarkar, Identity-Based Encryption 67 Chernov, Fine Structure of Solar Radio Bursts

(Astrophysics and Space Science Library 375) 77 Christensen, Plane Answers to Complex

Questions (Springer Texts in Statistics) 4th ed . 27 Christofides et al ., Networked and

Distributed Predictive Control (Advances in Industrial Control)

79 Clavero (Eds), BAIL 2010 – Boundary and Interior Layers, Computational and Asymptotic Methods (Lecture Notes in Computational Science and Engineering 81)

40 Cock (eds), Introduction to Marine Genomics (Advs in Marine Genomics 1) <Book>

80 Cooper (Eds), Languages and Compilers for Parallel Computing . LCPC 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6548)

1 Costa (Eds), In Vitro Neurotoxicology (Methods in Molecular Biology 758)

D

64 Daepp/Gorkin, Reading, Writing, and Proving (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics) 2nd ed .

79 Das (Eds), Computer Networks and Information Technologies . CNC 2011 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 142)

77 DasGupta (Ed), Selected Works of Debabrata Basu (Selected Works in Probability and Statistics)

80 Debled-Rennesson (Eds), Discrete Geometry for Computer Imagery . DGCI 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNIP 6607)

80 Degano (Eds), Formal Aspects of Security and Trust . FAST 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 6561)

52 Dehmer (Eds), Towards an Information Theory of Complex Networks

80 Dimitrakakis (Eds), Privacy and Security Issues in Data Mining and Machine Learning . PSDML 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6549)

52 Djukic et al ., The IMO Compendium (Problem Books in Mathematics) 2nd ed .

28 Dörpinghaus, On the Achievable Rate of Stationary Fading Channels (Foundations in Signal Processing, Communications and Network 6)

24 Dorsman (Eds), Financial Aspects in Energy 28 Dougherty (Ed), Medical Image Processing

(Biological and Medical Physics, Biomedical Engineering)

79 Dover (Eds), Lepidoptera Conservation in a Changing World

Page 5: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Author Indexspringer.com/NEWSonline IIISpringer News 4/2011 Author Index

58 Duffau (Ed), Brain Mapping 6 Dwivedi (Eds), Information Systems Theory .

Explaining and Predicting Our Digital Society, Vol . 1 (Integrated Series in Information Systems 28)

6 Dwivedi (Eds), Information Systems Theory . Explaining and Predicting Our Digital Society, Vol . 2 (Integrated Series in Information Systems 29)

E

12 Ebert (Eds), Human Aspects of Visualization . HCIV (INTERACT) 2009 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6431)

67 Encyclopedia of Sustainability Science and Technology <eReference>

67 Encyclopedia of Sustainability Science and Technology <Print + eReference>

67 Encyclopedia of Sustainability Science and Technology <Print>

1 Erdmann (Eds), Non Coding RNAs in Plants (RNA Technologies)

F

40 Falk (Eds), Managing Biosecurity Across Borders

79 Filipe (Eds), Agents and Artificial Intelligence . ICAART 2010 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 129)

79 Filipe (Eds), Enterprise Information Systems . ICEIS 2010 (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing 73)

41 Filippi (Eds), Stem Cell Migration (Methods in Molecular Biology 750)

2 Fischmann (Eds), Ethical Dilemmas in Prenatal Diagnosis

41 Fromm/Hargrove, Essentials of Biochemistry

G

7 Gamburg/Zangari, Theory and Practice of Metal Electrodeposition

53 Gavrilyuk et al ., Exact and Truncated Difference Schemes for Boundary Value ODEs (International Series of Numerical Mathematics 159)

28 Gegg et al ., Machine Tool Vibrations and Cutting Dynamics

80 Gelbukh (Ed), Computational Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing, CICLing 2011, Pt . I (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6608)

80 Gelbukh (Ed), Computational Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing . CICLing 2011, Pt . II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6609)

41 Gevaert (Eds), Gel-Free Proteomics (Methods in Molecular Biology 753)

Author Index

24 Ghosh/Prelas, Energy Resources and Systems . Volume 2: Renewable Resources

80 Giannakopoulou (Eds), Fundamental Approaches to Software Engineering . FASE 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6603)

42 Glatz (Eds), The Welfare of Farmed Ratites (Animal Welfare 11)

53 González-Velasco, Journey through Mathematics

48 Gorb (Ed), Adhesion and Friction in Biological Systems (Biologically-Inspired Systems 3)

68 Gouesbet/Gréhan, Generalized Lorenz-Mie Theories

12 Groppe, Data Management and Query Processing in Semantic Web Databases

53 Gross/Reusken, Numerical Methods for Two-phase Incompressible Flows (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 40)

29 Gross/Seelig, Fracture Mechanics (Mechanical Engineering Series) 2nd ed .

29 Gruhn et al ., Statistical Pronunciation Modeling for Non-Native Speech Processing (Signals and Communication Technology)

8 Gupta, Ion Channels and Their Inhibitors 54 Gustafsson, Fundamentals of Scientific

Computing (Texts in Computational Science and Engineering 8)

H

2 Hagan (Ed), Molecular and Functional Models in Neuropsychiatry (Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences 7)

75 Hanappi-Egger, The Triple M of Organizations: Man, Management and Myth (Interdisciplinary Studies in Economics and Management 6)

59 Hardiman (Eds), Neurodegenerative Disorders

14 Harff (Eds), The Baltic Sea Basin (Central and Eastern European Development Studies (CEEDES))

29 Häuplik-Meusburger, Architecture for Astronauts (Springer Praxis Books)

59 Hayreh, Ischemic Optic Neuropathies 68 Hazzard, Quantum Phase Transitions in Cold

Atoms and Low Temperature Solids (Springer Theses)

6 Helm (Eds), Reputation Management 79 Hesselbach (Eds), Functional Thinking for

Value Creation 79 Hesselbach (Eds), Glocalized Solutions for

Sustainability in Manufacturing 42 Hill (Eds), Protein Folding, Misfolding, and

Disease (Methods in Molecular Biology 752) 59 Ho (Ed), Growth Hormone Related Diseases

and Therapy (Contemporary Endocrinology) 80 Hofmann (Ed), Foundations of Software

Science and Computational Structures . FOSSACS 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6604)

18 Horniacek, Cooperation and Efficiency in Markets (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 649)

80 Hu (Eds), Operations Research Proceedings 2010 (Operations Research Proceedings)

60 Hubbard (Eds), Endocrine Surgery (Springer Specialist Surgery Series)

I

8 Igoe, Dictionary of Food Ingredients 5th ed . 80 Iliopoulos (Eds), Combinatorial Algorithms .

IWOCA 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6460)

42 Insam (Eds), Recycling of Biomass Ashes 54 Isaev, Spherical Tube Hypersurfaces (Lecture

Notes in Mathematics 2020) 80 Ishai (Ed), Theory of Cryptography . TCC 2011

(Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 6597)

30 Ishibashi (Eds), Low Power and Reliable SRAM Memory Cell and Array Design (Springer Series in Advanced Microelectronics 31)

J

2 Jacobson/Marcus, Neuroanatomy for the Neuroscientist 2nd ed .

43 Jain (Eds), Date Palm Biotechnology 73 Jedlicka, Affinograph 49 Ju et al ., NanoBiosensing (Biological and

Medical Physics, Biomedical Engineering)

K

30 Kappauf et al ., Logistic Core Operations with SAP

43 Katoch, Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

8 Keszei, Chemical Thermodynamics 35 Kibaroglu (Eds), Turkey’s Water Policy 60 Knahr (Ed), Tribology in Total Hip

Arthroplasty 68 Knapek, Phase Transitions in

Two-Dimensional Complex Plasmas (Springer Theses)

80 Knoop (Ed), Compiler Construction . CC 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6601)

80 Koch (Eds), Reconfigurable Computing: Architectures, Tools and Applications . ARC 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6578)

74 Konzelmann Ziv (Eds), Self-Evaluation (Philosophical Studies Series 116)

54 Körner, Minisum Hyperspheres (Springer Optimization and Its Applications 51)

15 Krivovichev (Ed), Minerals as Advanced Materials II

43 Kubiak (Ed), Cell Cycle in Development (Results and Problems in Cell Differentiation 53)

Page 6: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Author Index springer.com/NEWSonlineIV Springer News 4/2011

L

55 Langtangen, A Primer on Scientific Programming with Python (Texts in Computational Science and Engineering 6) 2nd ed .

80 Larrosa (Eds), Recent Advances in Constraints . CSCLP 2009 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6384)

49 Leach (Ed), Optical Measurement of Surface Topography

44 Lebeda (Eds), The Downy Mildews – Biology, Mechanisms of Resistance and Population Ecology

78 Lehmann, Fisher, Neyman, and the Creation of Classical Statistics

75 Leukefeld (Eds), Handbook of Evidence-Based Substance Abuse Treatment in Criminal Justice Settings (Issues in Children’s and Families’ Lives 11)

69 Li (Eds), Advances in Soft Matter Mechanics 69 Lindgren, Relativistic Many-Body Theory

(Springer Series on Atomic, Optical, and Plasma Physics 63)

15 Liu (Eds), The Dynamic Magnetosphere (IAGA Special Sopron Book Series 3)

64 Liu, Reasoning about Preference Dynamics (Synthese Library 354)

44 Lüttge (Eds), Plant Desiccation Tolerance (Ecological Studies 215)

44 Luttrell (Eds), Signal Transduction Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 756) 3rd ed .

M

80 Marchetti-Spaccamela (Eds), Theory and Practice of Algorithms in (Computer) Systems . TAPAS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6595)

9 MARECHAL (Eds), Chemogenomics and Chemical Genetics

64 Maris (Eds), Law, Order and Freedom (Law and Philosophy Library 94)

13 Maruoka, Concise Guide to Computation Theory

74 Maynard (Eds), Underemployment 30 McInnes, Solar Sailing (Springer Praxis Books,

Astronautical Engineering) 2nd ed . 72 McKenzie, HEAVY! 45 Mehlhorn (Ed), Nature Helps . . . (Parasitology

Research Monographs 1) 45 Meinzer (Eds), Size- and Age-Related

Changes in Tree Structure and Function (Tree Physiology 4)

15 Mendonca (Eds), Natural Resources, Sustainability and Humanity

79 Merci (Eds), Experiments and Numerical Simulations of Diluted Spray Turbulent Combustion (ERCOFTAC Series 17)

60 Miller, Laparoscopic Gastric Banding (Operation Primers 8)

65 Mills, Futures of Reproduction (International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 49)

21 Moos (Eds), How School Principals Sustain Success over Time (Studies in Educational Leadership 14)

49 Moreira (Eds), Structural Connections for Lightweight Metallic Structures (Advanced Structured Materials 8)

61 Morewitz/Goldstein, Chronic Disorders in Children and Adolescents

16 Mukherjee, Applied Mineralogy 13 Müller-Schloer (Eds), Organic Computing —

A Paradigm Shift for Complex Systems (Autonomic Systems 1)

65 Munthe, The Price of Precaution and the Ethics of Risk (The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 6)

61 Murphy (Ed), Molecular Diagnostics in Dermatology and Dermatopathology (Current Clinical Pathology)

9 Murray (Ed), Laser Capture Microdissection (Methods in Molecular Biology 755) 2nd ed .

75 Myers (Eds), Archaeologies of Internment (One World Archaeology)

N

19 Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Systems (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science 160)

61 Nakasato (Eds), Geriatric Rheumatology 3 Neill (Eds), Biological Basis of Sex Differences

in Psychopharmacology (Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences 8)

80 Neri (Eds), Sensors and Microsystems (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 91)

80 Nguyen (Eds), Intelligent Information and Database Systems . ACIIDS 2011, Pt . I (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6591)

80 Nguyen (Eds), Intelligent Information and Database Systems . ACIIDS 2011, Pt . II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6592)

3 Nickerson (Ed), Sample Preparation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms

O

80 Odintsov (Eds), Cosmology, Quantum Vacuum and Zeta Functions (Springer Proceedings in Physics 137)

3 O’Donnell (Ed), Animal Models of Schizophrenia and Related Disorders (Neuromethods 59)

31 Ohama (Eds), Applications of Titanium Dioxide Photocatalysis to Construction Materials (RILEM State-of-the-Art Reports 5)

35 Okafor, Environmental Microbiology of Aquatic and Waste Systems

9 Ono/Hattori, Solid Base Catalysis (Springer Series in Chemical Physics 101)

79 Orchiston (Eds), Highlighting the History of Astronomy in the Asia-Pacific Region (Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings)

22 Orlowski, Teaching About Hegemony (Explorations of Educational Purpose 17)

80 Otto-Zimmermann (Ed), Resilient Cities (Local Sustainability 1)

P

62 Patel (Ed), Robotic Urologic Surgery 2nd ed . 79 Peacock (Eds), Pedestrian and Evacuation

Dynamics 31 Pham (Ed), Safety and Risk Modeling and Its

Applications (Springer Series in Reliability Engineering)

4 Picher (Eds), Purinergic Regulation of Respiratory Diseases

4 Pietschmann (Ed), Principles of Osteoimmunology

76 Poblet (Ed), Mobile Technologies for Conflict Management (Law, Governance and Technology Series 2)

31 Pollin et al ., Software Defined Radios (Signals and Communication Technology)

32 Pook, Understanding Pendulums (History of Mechanism and Machine Science 12)

16 Popovich (Eds), Information Fusion and Geographic Information Systems (Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography 5)

10 Pravilov, Radiometry in Modern Scientific Experiments

79 Proulx (Ed), Application of Imaging Techniques to Mechanics of Materials and Structure, Volume 4 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 14)

79 Proulx (Ed), Dynamics of Civil Structures, Volume 4 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 13)

79 Proulx (Ed), Experimental and Applied Mechanics, Volume 6 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 17)

79 Proulx (Ed), Experimental Mechanics on Emerging Energy Systems and Materials, Volume 5 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 16)

79 Proulx (Ed), Nonlinear Modeling and Applications, Volume 2 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 11)

79 Proulx (Ed), Sensors, Instrumentation and Special Topics, Volume 6 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 9)

79 Proulx (Ed), Structural Dynamics and Renewable Energy, Volume 1 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 10)

Author IndexAuthor Index

Page 7: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Author Indexspringer.com/NEWSonline VSpringer News 4/2011

79 Proulx (Ed), Structural Dynamics, Volume 3 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 12)

79 Proulx (Ed), Time Dependent Constitutive Behavior and Fracture/Failure Processes, Volume 3 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 15)

79 Proulx, Dynamics of Bridges, Volume 5 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 3)

Q

79 Qi (Ed), Information and Automation . ISIA 2010 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 86)

R

79 Ralyté (Eds), Engineering Methods in the Service-Oriented Context . ME 2011 (IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 351)

36 Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 213

19 Ritchey, Wicked Problems – Social Messes (Risk, Governance and Society 17)

50 Rong, Characterization of Microstructures by Analytical Electron Microscopy (AEM)

69 Rozelot (Eds), Pulsation of the Sun and Stars (Lecture Notes in Physics 832)

16 Rumynin, Subsurface Solute Transport Models and Case Histories (Theory and Applications of Transport in Porous Media 25)

S

80 Salerno (Eds), Social Computing, Behavioral-Cultural Modeling and Prediction . SBP 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6589)

22 Scanlon (Ed), “Becoming” a Professional (Lifelong Learning Book Series 16)

70 Schächter, Beam-Wave Interaction in Periodic and Quasi-Periodic Structures (Particle Acceleration and Detection) 2nd ed .

55 Schleicher (Eds), An Invitation to Mathematics

70 Schmid, Laser Wakefield Electron Acceleration (Springer Theses)

76 Schofield (Eds), Political Economy of Institutions, Democracy and Voting

19 Schuman (Ed), Schuman Report on Europe 2011

46 Seckbach (Eds), The Diatom World (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme Habitats and Astrobiology 19)

70 Seitz (Eds), Single Photon Imaging (Springer Series in Optical Sciences 160)

62 Sheiner (Ed), Bleeding During Pregnancy

80 Shi (Eds), New State of MCDM in the 21st Century (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 648)

46 Shimaoka (Ed), Integrin and Cell Adhesion Molecules (Methods in Molecular Biology 757)

55 Shingareva/Lizárraga-Celaya, Solving Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations with Maple and Mathematica

50 Siddique/Khan, Supplementary Cementing Materials (Engineering Materials)

76 Siegel, The Demography and Epidemiology of Human Health and Aging

32 Silva (Eds), Skeletal Aging and Osteoporosis (Studies in Mechanobiology, Tissue Engineering and Biomaterials 5)

71 Sirdeshmukh et al ., Atomistic Properties of Solids (Springer Series in Materials Science 147)

4 Smyth (Eds), Controlled Pulmonary Drug Delivery (Advances in Delivery Science and Technology)

62 Soslow (Eds), Diagnostic Pathology of Ovarian Tumors

80 Spring (Eds), Passive and Active Measurement (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNCCN 6579)

17 Srbulov, Practical Soil Dynamics (Geotechnical, Geological and Earthquake Engineering 20)

5 Stevens (Ed), Methods for the Discovery and Characterization of G Protein-Coupled Receptors (Neuromethods 60)

36 Steyn (Eds), Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XXI (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C: Environmental)

36 Steyn (Eds), Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XXI (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C: Environmental)

80 Strang (Eds), Communication Technologies for Vehicles . PAM 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNCCN 6596)

5 Sunjic/Parnham, Signposts to Chiral Drugs 37 Szyszczak (Eds), Developments in Services of

General Interest (Legal Issues of Services of General Interest)

T

80 Takahashi (Eds), Evolutionary Multi-Criterion Optimization . EMO 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6576)

13 Tarr (Eds), Engineering of Software 56 Tartakoff, Non-Elliptic Partial Differential

Equations (Developments in Mathematics 22) 79 Tatnall (Eds), Information Technology and

Managing Quality Education . ITEM 2010 (IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 348)

46 Tow (Eds), Rainfed Farming Systems 22 Townsend (Eds), International Handbook

of Leadership for Learning (Springer International Handbooks of Education 25)

V

32 Vajda, Programming Many-Core Chips 20 van de Heetkamp/Tusveld, Origin

Management 65 Van der Rijt, The Importance of Assent

(Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 28) 79 van Sinderen (Eds), Enterprise

Interoperability . IWEI 2011 (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing 76)

33 Verhulst et al ., Formal Development of a Network-Centric RTOS

80 Vetulani (Ed), Human Language Technology . Challenges for Computer Science and Linguistics . LTC 2009 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6562)

10 Villadsen et al ., Bioreaction Engineering Principles 3rd ed .

10 Virkar, Investigating the Nucleation, Growth, and Energy Levels of Organic Semiconductors for High Performance Plastic Electronics (Springer Theses)

33 Vogel, The Sound of Silence 2nd ed . 20 Voigt, Supply Chain Coordination in Case of

Asymmetric Information (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 650)

W

34 Wang (Eds), Encyclopedia of Tribology <Print>

34 Wang (Eds), Encyclopedia of Tribology <eReference>

34 Wang (Eds), Encyclopedia of Tribology <Print + eReference>

47 Welsch (Eds), Interdisciplinary Anthropology 23 White (Eds), Principals in Succession (Studies

in Educational Leadership 13) 33 Wilde (Eds), REST: From Research to Practice 20 Wittmer (Eds), Aviation Systems

Y

34 Yarin, The Pi-Theorem (Experimental Fluid Mechanics 1)

63 Yazici (Ed), Non-Idiopathic Spine Deformities in Young Children

80 Yu (Eds), Database Systems for Advanced Applications, DASFAA 2011, Pt . I (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6587)

80 Yu (Eds), Database Systems for Advanced Applications . DASFAA 2011, Pt . II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6588)

5 Yu (Eds), In Silico Tools for Gene Discovery (Methods in Molecular Biology 760)

47 Yuan (Eds), Plant Transcription Factors (Methods in Molecular Biology 754)

Z

50 Zhou (Eds), Three-Dimensional Nanoarchitectures

Author Index

Page 8: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonlineVI Springer News 4/2011Title Index

A

51 AComplexAnalysisProblemBook 55 APrimeronScientificProgrammingwith

Python 1 AScientificApproachtoScientificWriting 48 AdhesionandFrictioninBiologicalSystems 7 AdvancedRubberComposites 81 AdvancesinBifurcationandDegradationin

Geomaterials 18 AdvancesinMathematicalEconomics

Volume15 69 AdvancesinSoftMatterMechanics 21 AffectiveProspecting 73 Affinograph 79 AgentsandArtificialIntelligence 36 AirPollutionModelingandits

ApplicationXXI 36 AirPollutionModelingandits

ApplicationXXI 55 AnInvitationtoMathematics 43 AnalyticalTechniquesinBiochemistryand

MolecularBiology 3 AnimalModelsofSchizophreniaand

RelatedDisorders 66 AnnotatedCatalogueof3,000Deep-Sky

Objects 79 ApplicationofImagingTechniquesto

MechanicsofMaterialsandStructure,Volume4

31 ApplicationsofTitaniumDioxidePhotocatalysistoConstructionMaterials

16 AppliedMineralogy 75 ArchaeologiesofInternment 29 ArchitectureforAstronauts 71 AtomisticPropertiesofSolids 20 AviationSystems

B

79 BAIL2010–BoundaryandInteriorLayers,ComputationalandAsymptoticMethods

70 Beam-WaveInteractioninPeriodicandQuasi-PeriodicStructures

22 BecomingaProfessional 3 BiologicalBasisofSexDifferencesin

Psychopharmacology 10 BioreactionEngineeringPrinciples 62 BleedingDuringPregnancy 58 BrainMapping

C

43 CellCycleinDevelopment 38 CellCycleSynchronization 14 ChallengesandOpportunitiesin

Agrometeorology 50 CharacterizationofMicrostructuresby

AnalyticalElectronMicroscopy(AEM) 8 ChemicalThermodynamics 9 ChemogenomicsandChemicalGenetics

57 Children’sNeuromuscularDisorders 57 Children’sUpperandLowerLimb

OrthopaedicDisorders 61 ChronicDisordersinChildrenand

Adolescents 80 CombinatorialAlgorithms 80 CommunicationTechnologiesforVehicles 80 CompilerConstruction 80 ComputationalLinguisticsandIntelligent

TextProcessing 80 ComputationalLinguisticsandIntelligent

TextProcessing 79 ComputerNetworksandInformation

Technologies 13 ConciseGuidetoComputationTheory 4 ControlledPulmonaryDrugDelivery 18 CooperationandEfficiencyinMarkets 14 CopingwithClimateChange 80 Cosmology,QuantumVacuumandZeta

Functions 58 CreatingInfrastructuresforLatinoMental

Health

D

12 DataManagementandQueryProcessinginSemanticWebDatabases

80 DatabaseSystemsforAdvancedApplications

80 DatabaseSystemsforAdvancedApplications

43 DatePalmBiotechnology 37 DevelopmentsinServicesofGeneral

Interest 62 DiagnosticPathologyofOvarianTumors 8 DictionaryofFoodIngredients 80 DiscreteGeometryforComputerImagery 27 Domain-LevelReasoningforSpoken

DialogueSystems 79 DynamicsofBridges,Volume5 79 DynamicsofCivilStructures,Volume4

E

18 Econometrics 25 ElectricalEngineeringandApplied

Computing 7 Emulsion-basedFree-Radical

Retrograde-PrecipitationPolymerization 67 EncyclopediaofSustainabilityScienceand

Technology 67 EncyclopediaofSustainabilityScienceand

Technology 67 EncyclopediaofSustainabilityScienceand

Technology 34 EncyclopediaofTribology 34 EncyclopediaofTribology 34 EncyclopediaofTribology 60 EndocrineSurgery 24 EnergyResourcesandSystems

79 EngineeringMethodsintheService-OrientedContext

13 EngineeringofSoftware 79 EnterpriseInformationSystems 79 EnterpriseInteroperability 35 EnvironmentalManagementAccounting

andSupplyChainManagement 35 EnvironmentalMicrobiologyofAquaticand

WasteSystems 41 EssentialsofBiochemistry 2 EthicalDilemmasinPrenatalDiagnosis 80 EvolutionaryMulti-CriterionOptimization 53 ExactandTruncatedDifferenceSchemesfor

BoundaryValueODEs 79 ExperimentalandAppliedMechanics,

Volume6 79 ExperimentalMechanicsonEmerging

EnergySystemsandMaterials,Volume5 79 ExperimentsandNumericalSimulationsof

DilutedSprayTurbulentCombustion

F

24 FinancialAspectsinEnergy 67 FineStructureofSolarRadioBursts 38 FishKaryotypes 78 Fisher,Neyman,andtheCreationof

ClassicalStatistics 51 Fixed-PointAlgorithmsforInverseProblems

inScienceandEngineering 80 FormalAspectsofSecurityandTrust 33 FormalDevelopmentofaNetwork-Centric

RTOS 80 FoundationsofSoftwareScienceand

ComputationalStructures 29 FractureMechanics 67 FromtheCosmostoQuarks 79 FunctionalThinkingforValueCreation 80 FundamentalApproachestoSoftware

Engineering 54 FundamentalsofScientificComputing 65 FuturesofReproduction

G

41 Gel-FreeProteomics 57 GeneralPrinciplesofChildren’sOrthopaedic

Disease 68 GeneralizedLorenz-MieTheories 61 GeriatricRheumatology 79 GlocalizedSolutionsforSustainabilityin

Manufacturing 59 GrowthHormoneRelatedDiseasesand

Therapy

H

75 HandbookofEvidence-BasedSubstanceAbuseTreatmentinCriminalJusticeSettings

72 HEAVY!

Page 9: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Author Indexspringer.com/NEWSonline VIISpringer News 4/2011 Title Index

79 HighlightingtheHistoryofAstronomyintheAsia-PacificRegion

48 HotCrackingPhenomenainWeldsIII 21 HowSchoolPrincipalsSustainSuccessover

Time 12 HumanAspectsofVisualization 80 HumanLanguageTechnology.Challenges

forComputerScienceandLinguistics 51 HyperfiniteDirichletFormsandStochastic

Processes

I

25 Icarus’SecondChance 12 Identity-BasedEncryption 5 InSilicoToolsforGeneDiscovery 1 InVitroNeurotoxicology 79 InformationandAutomation 16 InformationFusionandGeographic

InformationSystems 6 InformationSystemsTheory 6 InformationSystemsTheory 79 InformationTechnologyandManaging

QualityEducation 39 IntegratingAgriculture,Conservationand

Ecotourism:ExamplesfromtheField 46 IntegrinandCellAdhesionMolecules 80 IntelligentInformationandDatabase

Systems 80 IntelligentInformationandDatabase

Systems 47 InterdisciplinaryAnthropology 22 InternationalHandbookofLeadershipfor

Learning 40 IntroductiontoMarineGenomics 77 InverseProblemsandHigh-Dimensional

Estimation 10 InvestigatingtheNucleation,Growth,and

EnergyLevelsofOrganicSemiconductorsforHighPerformancePlasticElectronics

8 IonChannelsandTheirInhibitors 59 IschemicOpticNeuropathies

J

53 JourneythroughMathematics

L

80 LanguagesandCompilersforParallelComputing

60 LaparoscopicGastricBanding 9 LaserCaptureMicrodissection 70 LaserWakefieldElectronAcceleration 64 Law,OrderandFreedom 79 LepidopteraConservationinaChanging

World 30 LogisticCoreOperationswithSAP 30 LowPowerandReliableSRAMMemoryCell

andArrayDesign

M

28 MachineToolVibrationsandCuttingDynamics

26 MachineVisionHandbook 26 MachineVisionHandbook 26 MachineVisionHandbook 40 ManagingBiosecurityAcrossBorders 28 MedicalImageProcessing 5 MethodsfortheDiscoveryand

CharacterizationofGProtein-CoupledReceptors

15 MineralsasAdvancedMaterialsII 54 MinisumHyperspheres 76 MobileTechnologiesforConflict

Management 2 MolecularandFunctionalModelsin

Neuropsychiatry 61 MolecularDiagnosticsinDermatologyand

Dermatopathology

N

49 NanoBiosensing 48 NanocosmeticsandNanomedicines 26 NanostructuredMaterialsforEngineering

Applications 15 NaturalResources,Sustainabilityand

Humanity 45 NatureHelps... 27 NetworkedandDistributedPredictive

Control 2 NeuroanatomyfortheNeuroscientist 59 NeurodegenerativeDisorders 80 NewStateofMCDMinthe21stCentury 1 NonCodingRNAsinPlants 56 Non-EllipticPartialDifferentialEquations 63 Non-IdiopathicSpineDeformitiesinYoung

Children 79 NonlinearModelingandApplications,

Volume2 53 NumericalMethodsforTwo-phase

IncompressibleFlows

O

28 OntheAchievableRateofStationaryFadingChannels

80 OperationsResearchProceedings2010 49 OpticalMeasurementofSurface

Topography 13 OrganicComputing—AParadigmShiftfor

ComplexSystems 20 OriginManagement

P

58 PainfulDiabeticNeuropathyinClinicalPractice

80 PassiveandActiveMeasurement 79 PedestrianandEvacuationDynamics

19 PerishableInventorySystems 68 PhaseTransitionsinTwo-Dimensional

ComplexPlasmas 77 PlaneAnswerstoComplexQuestions 44 PlantDesiccationTolerance 47 PlantTranscriptionFactors 76 PoliticalEconomyofInstitutions,

DemocracyandVoting 17 PracticalSoilDynamics 23 PrincipalsinSuccession 4 PrinciplesofOsteoimmunology 80 PrivacyandSecurityIssuesinDataMining

andMachineLearning 79 ProgrammingLanguagesandSystems 32 ProgrammingMany-CoreChips 42 ProteinFolding,Misfolding,andDisease 69 PulsationoftheSunandStars 4 PurinergicRegulationofRespiratory

Diseases

Q

68 QuantumPhaseTransitionsinColdAtomsandLowTemperatureSolids

R

10 RadiometryinModernScientificExperiments

46 RainfedFarmingSystems 66 RandomWalksandDiffusionsonGraphs

andDatabases 64 Reading,Writing,andProving 64 ReasoningaboutPreferenceDynamics 80 RecentAdvancesinConstraints 80 ReconfigurableComputing:Architectures,

ToolsandApplications 42 RecyclingofBiomassAshes 69 RelativisticMany-BodyTheory 6 ReputationManagement 79 RequirementsEngineering:Foundationfor

SoftwareQuality 80 ResilientCities 33 REST:FromResearchtoPractice 36 ReviewsofEnvironmentalContamination

andToxicologyVolume213 62 RoboticUrologicSurgery

S

31 SafetyandRiskModelingandItsApplications

3 SamplePreparationofPharmaceuticalDosageForms

19 SchumanReportonEurope2011 80 SearchComputing 80 SelectedAreasinCryptography 77 SelectedWorksofDebabrataBasu 74 Self-Evaluation 80 SensorsandMicrosystems

Page 10: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonlineVIII Springer News 4/2011Title Index

79 Sensors,InstrumentationandSpecialTopics,Volume6

44 SignalTransductionProtocols 5 SignpoststoChiralDrugs 70 SinglePhotonImaging 45 Size-andAge-RelatedChangesinTree

StructureandFunction 32 SkeletalAgingandOsteoporosis 80 SocialComputing,Behavioral-Cultural

ModelingandPrediction 31 SoftwareDefinedRadios 30 SolarSailing 9 SolidBaseCatalysis 55 SolvingNonlinearPartialDifferential

EquationswithMapleandMathematica 54 SphericalTubeHypersurfaces 29 StatisticalPronunciationModelingfor

Non-NativeSpeechProcessing 41 StemCellMigration 49 StructuralConnectionsforLightweight

MetallicStructures 79 StructuralDynamicsandRenewableEnergy,

Volume1 79 StructuralDynamics,Volume3 16 SubsurfaceSoluteTransportModelsand

CaseHistories 50 SupplementaryCementingMaterials 20 SupplyChainCoordinationinCaseof

AsymmetricInformation 38 SustainableAgriculturalDevelopment

T

22 TeachingAboutHegemony 27 TechnologyDevelopments:theRoleof

MechanismandMachineScienceandIFToMM

14 TheBalticSeaBasin 76 TheDemographyandEpidemiologyof

HumanHealthandAging 46 TheDiatomWorld 44 TheDownyMildews–Biology,Mechanisms

ofResistanceandPopulationEcology 15 TheDynamicMagnetosphere 21 TheFlexibleProfessionalintheKnowledge

Society 73 TheHumanPursuitofWell-Being 52 TheIMOCompendium 65 TheImportanceofAssent 34 ThePi-Theorem 65 ThePriceofPrecautionandtheEthicsof

Risk 73 ThePsychologyoftheHuman-AnimalBond 52 TheRealNumbersandRealAnalysis 37 TheSemioticsofLawinLegalEducation 33 TheSoundofSilence 66 TheSunriseBalloon-BorneStratospheric

SolarObservatory 11 TheSynthesisofThreeDimensional

HapticTextures:Geometry,Control,andPsychophysics

75 TheTripleMofOrganizations:Man,ManagementandMyth

42 TheWelfareofFarmedRatites 80 TheoryandPracticeofAlgorithmsin

(Computer)Systems 7 TheoryandPracticeofMetal

Electrodeposition 80 TheoryofCryptography 26 Thermophotovoltaics 50 Three-DimensionalNanoarchitectures 79 TimeDependentConstitutiveBehaviorand

Fracture/FailureProcesses,Volume3 79 ToolsandAlgorithmsfortheConstruction

andAnalysisofSystems 52 TowardsanInformationTheoryofComplex

Networks 11 TransactionsonPatternLanguagesof

ProgrammingII 25 TransientHeatTransfer 60 TribologyinTotalHipArthroplasty 35 Turkey’sWaterPolicy

U

74 Underemployment 32 UnderstandingPendulums

W

19 WickedProblems–SocialMesses

Y

39 YeastSystemsBiology

Page 11: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 1Springer News 4/2011 Biomedicine

J. Blackwell, Editor-in-Chief, Sees-editing Ltd, Weston-super-mare, UK; J. Martin, Editor and Ecologist, Sayer-Martin Ltd, Aberaeron, UK

A Scientific Approach to Scientific Writing

This guide provides a framework, starting from simple statements, for writing papers for submis-sion to peer-reviewed journals. It also describes how to address reviewers’ comments, approaches for composing other types of scientific commu-nications, and key linguistic aspects of scientific writing.

Features7 Focuses on the vital elements of discourse such as tenses and clarity 7 Guides the reader through the process of writing a scientific paper for submission to a peer-reviewed journal 7 Offers researchers a full framework for constructing a paper.

ContentsMaximizing chances of publication.- Essential steps before writing a paper.- Drafting papers.- Complex studies.- Linguistic points.- Covering letters and referees’ objections.- Other kinds of written scientific communication.- Summary

Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Life Sciences, general; Science Education

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

L. G. Costa, G. Giordano, Department of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA; M. Guizzetti, Department of Psychiatry, Jesse Brown VA Medical Center, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)

In Vitro NeurotoxicologyMethods and Protocols

In recent years, the need to develop acceptable alternatives to conventional animal testing for neurotoxicity and developmental neurotoxicity has been increasingly recognized, and much effort is being directed toward the development of alternative models, utilizing mostly mammalian cells in culture but also non-mammalian model systems.  In Vitro Neurotoxicology: Methods and Protocols presents a series of cellular, biochemical, and molecular methodological protocols in the area of in vitro neurotoxicology, with an emphasis on mammalian cell culture systems.  Opening with a section on methodologies for preparing several cellular systems of variable complexity, amenable for in vitro neurotoxicological studies, the thor-ough volume continues with coverage of methods to measure cellular death and major mechanisms, methods for assessing mechanisms of nervous system cell toxicity related to impairment of cell signaling, while a final section illustrates additional methods for assessing important nervous system processes such as cell proliferation, neuritogen-esis, and synaptogenesis.  Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include introductions to their respective subjects,

Features7 Serves a wide audience seeking to assess or characterize potential neurotoxicity 7 Includes detailed, lab-ready protocols for numerous model system, both mammalian and non-mammalian 7 Features key tips and expert implementation advice for ideal results

Fields of interestPharmacology/Toxicology; Neurobiology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

V. A. Erdmann, Free University Berlin, Institute of Chemistry/Biochemistry, Berlin, Germany; J. Barciszewski, Polish Academy of Sciences, Poznan, Poland (Eds.)

Non Coding RNAs in PlantsIn the most recent years, each of the RNA silencing pathways of plants have appeared to generate ncRNAs with dedicated functions, specialized biological activities and specific functional scopes. RNA silencing plays a crucial role in coordinating the expression, stability, protection and inheritance of eukaryotic genomes. It compromises several mechanisms, that invariably depend on core small non coding RNAs and that achieve dedicated sequence-specific functions. RNA silencing has been recognized to carry critical developmental, stress-response and bodyguard functions be coor-dinating the expression, protection, stability and inheritance of virtually all eukaryotic genomes. Thus, the ncRNAs encompass a wide set of mecha-nisms that achieve specialized functions.

Features7 With contributions by international experts 7 With numerous illustrations 7 Comprehensive in scope

From the contentsPreface.- Quantification of Small Non Coding RNAs May Allow Accurate Comparisons of MiRNA Expression Profiles from Plant Speci-mens.- Host small RNAs and Plant Innate Immu-nity.- Antisense Transcription Associated with MicroRNA Target mRNAs.- Post-Transcriptional Modifications of Plant Small RNAs.- Non coding RNAs and Gene Silencing in Grape.- Genome-Wide Analysis of RNA Degradation in Arabi-dopsis.- Small RNA Inheritance in Hybrids and Allopolyploids.- Phased Small RNAs in Rice.- Small RNA in Legumes.- Physcomitrella patens Small RNA Pathways.- Small RNA Pathways and Their Function in the Male Gametophyte.- Regu-latory Roles of Novel Small RNAs from Pseudo-genes.

Fields of interestMolecular Medicine; Nucleic Acid Chemistry; Human Genetics

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 100 p. 3 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9787-6

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 415 p. 68 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 758) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-169-7

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 450 p. 40 illus. in color. (RNA Technologies) Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00ISBN 978-3-642-19453-5

Page 12: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline2 Springer News 4/2011Biomedicine

T. Fischmann, Sigmund-Freud-Institut, Frankfurt, Germany; E. Hildt, Philosophisches Seminar, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, Germany (Eds.)

Ethical Dilemmas in Prenatal Diagnosis

Technological developments in the life sciences confront us with new facets of a Faustian seduc-tion. Are we „playing God“ more and more, as claimed by critical authors of modernity? Achievements in genetic research produce ethical dilemmas which need to be the subject of reflec-tion and debate in modern societies. Denial of ambivalences that ethical dilemmas arouse consti-tutes a threat to societies as well as to individuals. The book presents a compilation of some of the results of the interdisciplinary European study “Ethical Dilemmas Due to Prenatal and Genetic Diagnostics” (EDIG), which investigated some of these dilemmas in detail in a field which is particu-larly challenging: prenatal diagnosis. When results from prenatal diagnosis show fetal abnormalities, women and their partners are confronted with ethical dilemmas regarding: the right to know and the right not to know; decision-making about the remainder of the pregnancy and the desire for a healthy child; responsibility for the unborn child, for its well-being and possible suffering; life and death. This book provides answers from an ethical, psychoanalytical and medical viewpoint.

Features7 Empirical results of a European study illustrated in an easily understandable way 7 Interdisci-plinary research made tangible for layman as well as professionals 7 Thorough analysis of ethical issues in prenatal diagnosis 7 Clinical case reports giving insight into psychoanalytic approaches of ethical dilemmas

Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Biotechnology; Ethics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

J. J. Hagan, Global Medical Excellence Cluster GMEC, King's College London, UK (Ed.)

Molecular and Functional Models in Neuropsychiatry

The development of more effective treatments for neuropsychiatric disorders requires scientific prog-ress on a broad front. Animal models have a vital role to play in advancing the field. When deployed in conjunction with detailed study of these diseases in man they bring the power to make controlled experimental interventions which allow the functional consequences of genetic variations and polymorphisms to be understood in terms of their cellular, systems and behavioural effects. Further, they provide a means by which complex cognitive and behavioural phenomena may be dissected and understood. Finally, they provide a bridge to understanding the effects of drugs on the functioning of the central nervous system, thereby improving our understanding of the actions of those drugs in man.

Features7 With numerous illustrations 7 Written by leading experts in the field 7 State-of-the-art contents

From the contentsPreface.- Mouse mutagenesis and disease models for Neuropsychiatric disorders. - Drosophila as a model organism for the study of neuropsychi-atric disorders.- Transgenic animal models of Huntington’s Disease.- Molecular genetic models related to schizophrenia and psychotic illness: heuristics and challenges.- Animal Models of Depression: Molecular Perspectives.-Animal models of ADHD.- Mouse Models of Autism: Testing Hypotheses about Molecular Mechanisms.- Advances in animal models of drug addiction.- When the serotonin transporter gene meets adversity: The contribution of animal models to understanding epigenetic mechanisms in affective disorders and resilience.

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Molecular Medicine; Psychophar-macology

Target groupsResearch

S. Jacobson, Tufts University, Boston, MA, USA; E. M. Marcus, University of Massachusetts, MA, Worcester, USA

Neuroanatomy for the Neuroscientist

In this day where research grants are the primary focus, many young investigators are thrown into neurosciences courses without any prior prepara-tion in neuroanatomy. This book is designed to help prepare them by introducing many of the fundamentals of the nervous system. It represents the essentials of an upper level biology course on the central nervous system. It is not designed to be a clinical approach to the nervous system, but rather it approaches the nervous system from a basic science perspective that intertwines both structure and function as an organizing teaching and learning model. Medical and dental examples are included but the main focus is on neurosci-ence.

Features7 Presents fundamental anatomical features of the nervous system from a basic science view for neuroscience students/researchers who do not have prior knowledge of neuroanatomy 7 Provides an updated approach to lesion localization in neurology, utilizing the techniques of computer-ized axial tomography (CT scanning), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and magnetic resonance angiography (MRA) 7 Multiple illustrations demonstrating the value of these techniques in clinical neurology and neuroanatomical localiza-tion have been provided

ContentsOverview.- Neurocytology.- Spinal Cord.- Brain Stem.- Cranial Nerves.- Thalamus.- Hypothalamus and the Autonomic Nervous System.- Cerebrum.- Motor System.- Parietal Lobe and Somatosensory System.- Visual System.- Limbic System.- Higher Cortical Functions.- Vascular System.- Coverings of the Brain and the Ventricular System.- Glos-sary.- Index.

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Neurology; Anatomy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. X, 188 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-94-007-1395-6

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. Approx. 400 p. (Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences, Volume 7) Hardcover

7 $229.00ISBN 978-3-642-19702-4

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2nd ed. 2011. 400 p. 261 illus., 85 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9652-7

Page 13: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 3Springer News 4/2011 Biomedicine

J. C. Neill, School of Pharmacy, University of Bradford, UK; J. Kulkarni, Alfred Psychiatry Research Centre, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia (Eds.)

Biological Basis of Sex Differences in Psychopharmacology

Sex matters! Are there differences between the sexes when it comes to brain function and the behaviours that result? This volume attempts to answer this fundamental question. If the answer is ‘yes’ then this should impact upon our approach to treating mental illness in humans, and to model-ling it in animals, as we look for aetiological and pharmacological solutions.

Features7 This volume brings together experts in this field, both psychiatrists and health care professionals with preclinical researchers to review the latest work in this area 7 It gives a thorough overview of how males and females are different in terms of brain function and behaviour 7 The first volume which covers in some depth many illnesses in which sex differences and gonadal steroids are important in terms of aetiology, symptomatology, progression and treatment

From the contentsPreface.- Female rats are smarter than males: influence of test, oestrogen receptor subtypes and glutamate.- Differences in sexual behaviour in male and female rodents: role of serotonin.- Sex differences in the cholinergic system in rats: behav-ioural consequences.- Sex differences in response to stress and expression of depressive-like behav-iours in the rat.- Females are more vulnerable to drug relapse, evidence from preclinical studies and role of ovarian hormones and estrogen receptors.- Genetics and sex differences: role of COMT.- Sex differences precipitating anorexia nervosa in females: A novel framework for targeting sex specific neurocircuits and behavior.- Gender differences in developmental disorders - biolog-ical causes and treatments.

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Psychiatry; Psychopharmacology

Target groupsResearch

B. Nickerson, Pfizer Global Research & Development, Groton, CT, USA (Ed.)

Sample Preparation of Pharmaceutical Dosage FormsChallenges and Strategies for Sample Preparation and Extraction

This book is intended to serve as a resource for analysts in developing and troubleshooting sample preparation methods.  These are critical activities in providing accurate and reliable data throughout the lifecycle of a drug product. This book is divided into four parts: –Part One covers dosage form and diluent proper-ties that impact sample preparation of pharmaceu-tical dosage forms and the importance of sampling considerations in generating data representative of the drug product batch – Part Two reviews specific sample preparation techniques typically used with pharmaceutical dosage forms – Part Three discusses sample preparation method development for different types of dosage forms including addressing drug excipient interactions and post extraction considerations, as well as method validation and applying Quality by Design (QbD) principles to sample preparation methods – Part Four examines additional topics in sample preparation including automation, investigating aberrant potency results, green chemistry consid-erations for sample preparation and the ideal case where no sample preparation is required for sample analysis

Features7 Volume focused entirely on sample prepara-tion and extraction of pharmaceutical dosage forms 7 A valuable resource in developing and troubleshooting sample preparation methods for drug products at all stages in the lifecycle of a drug product 7 Presents multiple examples and case studies to highlight various potential issues and solutions 7 Presents multiple examples and case studies to highlight various potential issues and solutions 7 Sample Preparation for Solid Oral Dosage

Fields of interestPharmacology/Toxicology; Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology; Biochemistry, general

Target groupsResearch

P. O'Donnell, Departments of Anatomy & Neurobiology and Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of Maryland, Baltimore, MD, USA (Ed.)

Animal Models of Schizophrenia and Related Disorders

Animal models of schizophrenia and other major psychiatric disorders have been sought for decades, and, as a result, we are now facing new vistas on pathophysiology that could lead to novel therapeutic approaches and even hint at possible preventive strategies. Animal Models of Schizo-phrenia and Related Disorders presents an over-view of the information that can be obtained with several different models and a detailed account of how to generate such models in order to ensure that the manipulations used to model schizo-phrenia-relevant phenomena are used consistently across laboratories. This detailed volume features pharmacological models such as non-competing NMDA antagonists, emphasizing their use in vitro, neurodevelopmental models such as the neonatal ventral hippocampal lesion and the antimitotic MAM, models that reproduce environmental factors such as neonatal hypoxia, vitamin D deficits, and prenatal immune activation, as well as several different genetic model approaches. As a volume in the Neuromethods series, this volume contains the kind of detailed description and implementation advice that is crucial for getting optimal results.

Features7 Explores the use of animal models in this difficult area of study and shows how the use of these models is greatly paying off in solid research 7 Features practical methodologies, ready for laboratory implementation 7 Covers the key areas of research being undertaken today

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Psychiatry; Animal Models

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2010. 400 p. (Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences, Volume 8) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-20005-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XI, 333 p. 88 illus., 31 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9630-5

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 265 p. 51 illus. (Neuromethods, Volume 59) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00ISBN 978-1-61779-156-7

Page 14: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline4 Springer News 4/2011Biomedicine

M. Picher, R. C. Boucher, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, USA (Eds.)

Purinergic Regulation of Respiratory Diseases

We proudly present the first book to integrate all aspects of purinergic signaling in the respira-tory system. The first chapters introduce basic notions of purinergic pharmacology and metabo-lism, which allows readers from all scientific backgrounds to fully grasp the importance of these signaling networks for airway defenses, including mucociliary clearance and inflamma-tory responses. Then, chapters are devoted to the groundbreaking discovery that chronic respiratory diseases, including asthma, cystic fibrosis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), present specific aberrances in purinergic signaling which essentially drive lung complications. The last chapters describe the animal models used to investigate purinergic signaling in respira-tory diseases, and the therapeutic applications developed by the pharmaceutical industry based on receptor agonists/antagonists and metabolic correctors. This highly comprehensive manuscript constitutes an invaluable tool for beginners and experts to follow the rapidly evolving research field of purinergic signaling. Furthermore, the critical analysis of past clinical protocols should facilitate the identification of potent therapeutic targets, and provide a better understanding of the data acquired in current clinical trials.

Features7 Pivotal Roles of Purinergic Signaling in Airway Defenses 7 Disease-Specific Aberrances in Sputum Adenosine Regulation 7 Diagnostic Value of AMP-Mediated Bronchoconstriction 7 Distinct Therapies for Acute Lung Injury and Chronic Lung Diseases 7 Critical Analysis of Past and Current Clinical Trials

Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Pneumology/Respiratory System; Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology

Target groupsResearch

P. Pietschmann, Medical University Vienna, Austria (Ed.)

Principles of OsteoimmunologyMolecular Mechanisms and Clinical Applications

Osteoimmunology is a new and very quick developing field of great importance. It deals with mechanisms and possible treatments of bone related diseases, such as bone tumors and osteopo-rosis, that are caused by or related to a malfunc-tioning immune system. The book describes the basics of bone biology and of the immune system and provides insight into the molecular mecha-nisms of bone diseases. In addition,clinical data are presented and set in context with the newest research findings. The book is written for all scientists and physicians working in immunology, pathophysiology and bone immune diseases.

Features7 Presentation of the latest research and clinical findings in a very quick developing field 7 Written by experts with long international publication records in the field of osteoimmunology 7 Bridges basic sciences and every day clinical applications 7 A clearly structured presentation of clinical disease entities and their molecular mechanisms

ContentsIntroduction.- Basics of bone biology.- Introduc-tion to the Immune System.- Effects of vitamin D on the immune system.- Biomechanics – bone and immune system.- Utility of the determination of serum levels of RANKL and OPG.- Osteoporosis: Pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment.- Rheu-matoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis: Patho-physiology, diagnosis and treatment.- Tumor bone disease. Pathophysiology, diagnosis and treat-ment.- Post-transplantation bone disease.- RANKL inhibition: preclinical data.- RANKL inhibition: clinical data

Fields of interestImmunology; Human Physiology;

Target groupsResearch

H. D. Smyth, University of Texas at Austin, TX, USA; A. J. Hickey, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, NC, USA (Eds.)

Controlled Pulmonary Drug Delivery

The pace of new research and level of innova-tion repeatedly introduced into the field of drug delivery to the lung is surprising given its state of maturity since the introduction of the pressurized metered dose inhaler over a half a century ago. It is clear that our understanding of pulmonary drug delivery has now evolved to the point that inhalation aerosols can be controlled both spatially and temporally to optimize their biological effects. These abilities include controlling lung deposi-tion, by adopting formulation strategies or device technologies, and controlling drug uptake and release through sophisticated particle technologies. The large number of contributions to the scientific literature and variety of excellent texts published in recent years is evidence for the continued interest in pulmonary drug delivery research. This reference text endeavors to bring together the fundamental theory and practice of controlled drug delivery to the airways that is unavailable elsewhere. Collating and synthesizing the material in this rapidly evolving field presented a challenge and ultimately a sense of achievement that is hope-fully reflected in the content of the volume.

Features7 Brings together the fundamental theory and practice of controlled release drug delivery to the airways 7 Serves as both a reference text and a toolbox for translating our fundamental under-standing into practical approaches 7 Provides a sound background on the biological barriers and opportunities for controlled release pulmonary drug delivery

Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. X, 292 p. 23 illus., 18 in color. Hardcover

7 $189.00ISBN 978-94-007-1216-4

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. Approx. 390 p. 85 illus., 25 in color. Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0519-1

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. IX, 504 p. 117 illus., 33 in color. (Advances in Delivery Science and Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9744-9

Page 15: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 5Springer News 4/2011 Biomedicine

C. W. Stevens, Department of Pharmacology and Physiology, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Oklahoma State University Center for Health Sciences, Tulsa, OK, USA (Ed.)

Methods for the Discovery and Characterization of G Protein-Coupled Receptors

The goal of the characterization and discovery of G protein-coupled receptors, arguably the most important class of signaling molecules in humans and other vertebrates, has spawned numerous vital methodologies.  In Methods for the Discovery and Characterization of G Protein-Coupled Recep-tors, experts in the field present the very latest on the methods and technology used to characterize and discover novel mechanisms of GPCRs which, in many cases, can be used directly to design experiments for the reader’s particular GPCR of interest and their specific avenue of investigation. Divided into four convenient sections, this detailed volume covers GPCRs in the genome, trafficking of GPCRs, GPCRs on the membrane, as well as the regulation of these key receptors.  Chapters also feature an important section called “Future Directions” which gives the reader an insight into advances soon to be realized in each area. Written for the popular Neuromethods series, this book contains the kind of detailed description and implementation advice that is crucial for getting optimal results. Authoritative and cutting-edge, Methods for the Discovery and Characterization of G Protein-Coupled Receptors serves as an ideal guide for scientists determined to further our knowledge of crucially important set of receptors.

Features7 Divided into four convenient parts, highlighting the life cycle of GPCRs 7 Features detailed meth-odologies for the characterization of GPCRs in a variety of research areas 7 Includes hints at the future directions of the key areas of study in this fast-moving field

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Human Genetics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

V. Sunjic, University of Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia; M. J. Parnham, University Hospital for Infectious Diseases, Zagreb, Croatia

Signposts to Chiral DrugsOrganic Synthesis in Action

Highlighting 15 selected chiral structures, which represent candidate or marketed drugs, and their chemical syntheses, the authors acquaint the reader with the fascinating achievements of synthetic and medicinal chemistry. The book starts with an introduction treating the discovery and development of a new drug entity. Each of the 15 subsequent chapters presents one of the target structures and begins with a description of its biological profile as well as any known molecular mechanisms of action, underlining the importance of its structural and stereochemical features. This section is followed by detailed discussions of synthetic approaches to the chiral target structure, highlighting creative ideas, the scaling-up of labo-ratory methods and their replacement by efficient modern technologies for large-scale production. Nearly 60 synthetic reactions, most of them stere-oselective, catalytic or biocatalytic, as well as chiral separating methodologies are included in the book. Vitomir Sunjic and Michael J. Parnham provide an invaluable source of information for scientists in academia and the pharmaceutical industry who are actively engaged in the interdisciplinary development of new drugs, as well as for advanced students in chemistry and related fields.

Features7 Illustrates the challenges and intricacies of chiral drug synthesis 7 Enables the reader to recognize the importance of specific synthetic reactions in relation to biological activities and subsequent commercial and therapeutic developments 7 Written by authors with decades of experience in both teaching and industrial research

Fields of interestPharmacology/Toxicology; Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology; Organic Chemistry

Target groupsResearch

B. Yu, Department of Molecular and Clinical Genetics, Royal Prince Alfred Hospital, University of Sydney, Camperdown, NSW, Australia; M. Hinchcliffe, Department of Molecular and Clinical Genetics, Royal Prince Alfred Hospital, University of Sydney, Camperdown, Australia (Eds.)

In Silico Tools for Gene Discovery

As functional genomics has become one of the major focuses in molecular biology, the need for more sophisticated tools to assist in the identifica-tion of the functionality of undefined genes and the correlation of DNA variants with a particular phenotype has increased greatly. In Silico Tools for Gene Discovery collects many common and useful in silico tools available today. The volume begins by investigating locus mapping informa-tion on linkage analysis, association mapping, integrative analysis, and exome analysis as well as tools for DNA marker selection, in silico PCR, and statistical analysis. It continues with a section on gene discovery from a defined locus, including gene prioritization, knowledge tracking, and data mining, and concludes with several useful in silico tools presented for the functional characterization of genes, which include DNA sequencing analysis, variant characterization, as well as RNA and protein analysis. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and vital notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Resourceful and easy to follow.

Features7 Provides brief introductions and clear instruc-tions for the applications of each particular in silico tool 7 Features a wide variety of tools with easy to follow methodologies 7 Includes key tips and vital implementation advice straight from the experts

Fields of interestHuman Genetics; Gene Function

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 420 p. 83 illus., 5 in color. (Neuromethods, Volume 60) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-178-9

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 250 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-0348-0124-9

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 350 p. 85 illus., 3 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 760) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-175-8

Page 16: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline6 Springer News 4/2011Business for Professionals/Management

Y. K. Dwivedi, Swansea University, Swansea, Wales, United Kingdom; M. R. Wade, York University, Toronto, Ontario, Canada; S. L. Schneberger, Principia College, Elsah, Illinois, USA (Eds.)

Information Systems TheoryExplaining and Predicting Our Digital Society, Vol. 1

Why do IS research submissions either demon-strate an inappropriate use of existing theories and/or models or lack it completely? Perhaps because there are so many theories that come from so many disparate disciplines, from computer science through sociology. It is subsequently not an easy task for researchers to find adequate information on a theory of interest in order to further understand it and apply it in a new research context. Consequently, the researchers use various papers that are available, which have utilized the theory of interest but, again, these papers either do not present a full account of the theory or, based on the authors’ needs, they present a slightly modified and fragmented version of the particular theory. Although such a severe defi-ciency exists in a vital area of IS knowledge, apart from an AIS Wiki site (Schneberger & Wade, 2009) and a recently edited volume by Dwivedi which contains in-depth coverage on a limited number of theories, no attempt has been made to provide a comprehensive and in-depth account, coverage and collection of many prominent theories, models and related research approaches appropriate to IS research. A literary and meta-analytic collection of theories will provide a valuable aid to IS research, IS researchers and practitioners and IS students.

Features7 Brings all IS theory together for first time in book form 7 A practical reference for practitio-ners and researchers 7 Covers all models and research approaches

Fields of interestInformation Systems; Information Systems and Communication Service; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groupsResearch

Y. K. Dwivedi, Swansea University, Swansea, Wales, United Kingdom; M. R. Wade, York University, Toronto, Canada; S. L. Schneberger, Principia College, Elsah, IL, USA (Eds.)

Information Systems TheoryExplaining and Predicting Our Digital Society, Vol. 2

Why do IS research submissions either demon-strate an inappropriate use of existing theories and/or models or lack it completely? Perhaps because there are so many theories that come from so many disparate disciplines, from computer science through sociology. It is subsequently not an easy task for researchers to find adequate information on a theory of interest in order to further understand it and apply it in a new research context. Consequently, the researchers use various papers that are available, which have utilized the theory of interest but, again, these papers either do not present a full account of the theory or, based on the authors’ needs, they present a slightly modified and fragmented version of the particular theory. Although such a severe defi-ciency exists in a vital area of IS knowledge, apart from an AIS Wiki site (Schneberger & Wade, 2009) and a recently edited volume by Dwivedi which contains in-depth coverage on a limited number of theories, no attempt has been made to provide a comprehensive and in-depth account, coverage and collection of many prominent theories, models and related research approaches appropriate to IS research. A literary and meta-analytic collection of theories will provide a valuable aid to IS research, IS researchers and practitioners and IS students.

Features7 Brings all IS theory together for first time in book form 7 A practical reference for practitio-ners and researchers 7 Covers all models and research approaches

Fields of interestInformation Systems; Information Systems and Communication Service; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

S. Helm, The University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, USA; K. Liehr-Gobbers, C. Storck, Hering Schuppener Consulting, Duesseldorf, Germany (Eds.)

Reputation ManagementReputation is the most complex asset of an organi-zation. Despite the call for consistent management of corporate reputation comprehensive approaches to measure and steer a company’ s reputation are still in their infancy. Reputation management aims at creating a balance between stakeholder demands, perceptions and corporate reality in order to foster behavior that helps a company achieve its business goals. It needs to be based on thorough research and requires orchestrated execution through management processes across organizational units, communication disciplines, and countries. This calls for a management system to establish a closed cycle of strategic planning, implementation, performance measurement, and reporting. The book gives answers to the following questions: What is reputation and which conceptualizations do exist? What are the state-of-the-art methods and tools to measure corporate reputation? What are best practice examples and future trends in the field of corporate reputation management?

Features7 Provides a general overview of the state-of-art and future trends in reputation management 7 Describes tools to measure corporate reputation 7 Reports best practice from blue-chip firms 7 Helps to optimize a company's reputation management

ContentsIntroduction.- Approaching Corporate Reputa-tion.- Measures and Impacts.- Reputation Manage-ment in Practice.- Future Trends of Reputation Management.

Fields of interestManagement/Business for Professionals; Marketing

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XLIII, 448 p. 45 illus. (Integrated Series in Information Systems, Volume 28) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6107-5

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XXXVIII, 386 p. 51 illus. (Integrated Series in Information Systems, Volume 29) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9706-7

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 430 p. Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19265-4

Page 17: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 7Springer News 4/2011 Chemistry

Advances in Polymer ScienceSeries editors: A. Abe, A. Albertsson, K. Dusek, H. Kausch, S. Kobayashi, K. Lee, O. Nuyken, G. Wegner, I. Manners, B. Voit, M. Möller, T. E. Long, W. H. Jeu, L. Leibler, E. M. Terentjev, U. Wiesner, M. J. Vicent, J. Genzer

Volume 239

G. Heinrich, Leibniz-Institut für Polymerforschung Dresden e.V., Dresden, Germany (Ed.)

Advanced Rubber CompositesMorphology–Property Relationship in Rubber-Based Nanocomposites: Some Recent Develop-ments, by A. K. Bhowmick, M. Bhattacharya, S. Mitra, K. Dinesh Kumar, P. K. Maji, A. Choudhury, J. J. George and G. C. Basak; Rubber–Clay Nanocomposites: Some Recent Results, by Amit Das, De-Yi Wang, Klaus Werner Stöckelhuber, René Jurk, Juliane Fritzsche, Manfred Klüppel and Gert Heinrich; Surface Modification of Fillers and Curatives by Plasma Polymerization for Enhanced Performance of Single Rubbers and Dissimilar Rubber/Rubber Blends, by J. W. M. Noordermeer, R. N. Datta, W. K. Dierkes, R. Guo, T. Mathew, A. G. Talma, M. Tiwari and W. van Ooij; Recent Developments on Thermoplastic Elasto-mers by Dynamic Vulcanization, by R. Rajesh Babu and Kinsuk Naskar; PTFE-Based Rubber Composites for Tribological Applications, by M. S. Khan and G. Heinrich

Features7 Highest Impact Factor of all publications ranked by ISI within Polymer Science 7 Short and concise reports on physics and chemistry of polymers, each written by the world renowned experts 7 Still valid and useful after 5 or 10 years 7 The electronic version is available free of charge for standing order customers at: springer.com/series/12/

Fields of interestPolymer Sciences; Medicinal Chemistry; Pharmacy

Target groupsResearch

G. Caneba, Michigan Technological University, Houghton, MI, USA; Y. Dar, Akzo-Nobel N.V., Bridgewater, MA, USA

Emulsion-based Free-Radical Retrograde-Precipitation Polymerization

This monograph is a follow-up material to the first FRPPP book by Gerard Caneba in 2009. It includes additional conceptual results, implemen-tation of the FRRPP process in emulsion media to produce various block copolymers, and other FRRPP-related supplementary topics. Conceptual topics include the application of the quantitative analysis presented in the first FRRPP mono-graph for the occurrence of the FRRPP process to the polysterene-styrene-ether (PS-S-Ether) and poly(methacrylic acid)-methacrylic acid-water (PMAA-MAA-Water) systems, as well as extensions through unsteady state analysis of the occurrence of flat temperature profiles.  Also, the generalization of the quantitative analysis is done to consider molecular weight effects, especially based on changes of the phase envelope to an hourglass type. Topics in implementation of the FRRPP process from pre-emulsions of mono-mers and the solvent/precipitant are highlighted. Additional FRRPP topics are included in this monograph that pertain to more recent efforts of Gerard Caneba, such as  oil spill control, oil dispersant system, and caustic sludge remediation from emulsion-based FRRPP materials, hydrolysis of vinyl acetate-acrylic acid-based copolymers, and other polymer modification studies from FRRPP-based emulsions.

Features7 Summarizes for the first time the emulsion-based free-radical retrograde-precipitation polym-erization in one book 7 Written by experts in the field, one from academia, one from the industry 7 Application oriented

Fields of interestPolymer Sciences; Industrial and Production Engineering; Nanotechnology

Target groupsResearch

Y. D. Gamburg, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia; G. Zangari, University of Virginia, Department of Materials Science & Engineering, Charlottesville, VA, USA

Theory and Practice of Metal Electrodeposition

The authors provide new insights into the theoretical and applied aspects of metal elec-trodeposition. The theory largely focuses on the electrochemistry of metals. Details on the practice discuss the selection and use of metal coatings, the technology of deposition of metals and alloys, including individual peculiarities, properties and structure of coatings, control and investigations. This book aims to acquaint advanced students and researchers with recent advances in electrodeposi-tion while also being an excellent reference for the practical electrodeposition of metals and alloys.

Features7 Fills the gap between modern developments in electrochemistry and outdated information on metals electrodeposition 7 Currently available in competing titles essential information on the theoretical and practical electrochemistry 7 Necessary to investigate modern metal deposi-tion is provided part of the growing literature on electrodeposition

From the contentsBasic terms and concepts.- The structure of the metal-solution interface.- Electrochemical thermodynamics and electrochemical kinetics.- Influence of diffusion on the rate of electro-chemical process.- Nucleation.- Morphology of the growing metal surface.- Potential distribution in the volume of solution and current distribu-tion on the electrode surface.- Current density distribution on rough surfaces.- Using of pulse and periodic currents in electrodeposition and in electrochemical experiments.- Electrodeposition of alloys.- Codeposition of impurities. Hydrogena-tion.- Technologies for deposition of several metals and alloys.

Fields of interestElectrochemistry; Tribology, Corrosion and Coat-ings; Nanotechnology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due March 2011

2011. XII, 308 p. Hardcover

7 $339.00ISBN 978-3-642-19503-7

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 191 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-19871-7

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 350 p. 150 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9668-8

Page 18: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline8 Springer News 4/2011Chemistry

S. P. Gupta, Meerut Institute of Engineering and Technology, Meerut, India

Ion Channels and Their Inhibitors

Being the crucial components of living cells, ion channels are important targets of therapeutic agents. Historically, it has been challenging to develop drugs on this target class. A major issue with targets based on ion channel drug devel-opment is the identification of effective small chemical leads for medicinal chemistry optimiza-tion to the clinical candidate status. Thus enough attention has been paid to the study of structure and functions of ion channels and their potential inhibitors. The present book compiles important chapters authored by eminent workers in the field to cover important recent advances in the studies of the structure and functions of ion channels and their inhibitors, such as sodium Ion, potassium Ion, chloride Ion, calcium Ion channel inhibitors. The book may be of great use to the students and scientists working in the area of molecular biology, biochemistry, physiology, and neurobiology, and medicinal chemistry.

Features7 First book since 2000 covering the topic 7 Comprehensive chapters written by experts in the field 7 A need for industrial and academic researchers working in the field

From the contentsStructural and Functional Discrimination of Membrane.- Proteins.- Pharmacology of Hyper-polarization-Activated Cyclic Nucleotide-Gated (HCN) Channels.- Advanced Molecular Modeling Techniques Applied to Ion Channels Blockers.- Advances in Design and Development of Sodium Channel Blockers.- Potassium Channel Blockers as Anti-arrhythmic Agents.- hERG Potassium Channels in Drug Discovery and Development.- Prediction of hERG Channel Inhibition Using in silico Techniques.- Advances in Structure-Activity Relationship Studies on Potassium Channel Modu-lators.- Calcium Ion Channels and Their Blockers.

Fields of interestMedicinal Chemistry; Molecular Medicine; Protein Science

Target groupsResearch

R. S. Igoe, San Diego, CA USA

Dictionary of Food Ingredients

The Dictionary of Food Ingredients is a unique, easy-to-use source of information on over 1,000 food ingredients and additives. Like the previous editions, the Fifth Edition provides clear and concise information on currently used additives, including natural ingredients, FDA-approved artificial ingredients, and compounds used in food processing. The dictionary entries, organized in alphabetical order,  include information on ingredient functions, chemical properties, and uses in food products.  This revised and updated fifth edition also features a new section, “Food Definitions and Formulations,” a thoroughly expanded list of food ingredients approved for use in the European Union, with E numbers, as well as new information on existing and more recently approved ingredients.

Features7 Includes 28 new FDA-approved ingredients, for a total of more than 1000 ingredients 7 Brand new section, "Food Definitions and Formula-tions" 7 Features a thoroughly expanded list of food ingredients approved for use in the European Union, with E numbers

ContentsPreface.- Part I. Ingredients Dictionary.- Part II. Ingredient Categories.- Part III. Food Definitions and Formulations.- Part IV. Additives/Substances for Use in Foods: Listed under Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations.- Part V. Food Additives E Numbers in the European Union.- Part VI. Bibliography.

Field of interestChemistry/Food Science, general

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

E. Keszei, University of Budapest, Hungary

Chemical ThermodynamicsAn Introduction

This course-derived undergraduate textbook provides a concise explanation of the key concepts and calculations of chemical thermodynamics. Instead of the usual ‘classical’ introduction, this text adopts a straightforward postulatory approach that introduces thermodynamic potentials such as entropy and energy more directly and transpar-ently. Structured around several features to assist students’ understanding, Chemical Thermody-namics: Develops applications and methods for the ready treatment of equilibria on a sound quantitative basis. Requires minimal background in calculus to understand the text and presents formal derivations to the student in a detailed but understandable way. Offers end-of-chapter prob-lems (and answers) for self-testing and review and reinforcement, of use for self- or group study. This book is suitable as essential reading for courses in a bachelor and master chemistry program and is also valuable as a reference or textbook for students of physics, biochemistry and materials science.

Features7 Eminently suitable as a required textbook comprising complete material for or an under-graduate chemistry major course in chemical ther-modynamics 7 Clearly explains details of formal derivations that students can easily follow and so master applied mathematical operations 7 Offers problems and solutions at the end of each chapter for self-test and self- or group study

From the contentsPostulates of thermodynamics.- Thermodynamic equilibrium in isolated and isentropic systems.- Thermodynamic equilibrium in systems with other constraints.- Thermodynamic processes and engines.- Thermodynamics of mixtures (multi-component systems).- Phase equilibria.- Equilibria of chemical reactions.

Fields of interestPhysical Chemistry; Thermodynamics; Engi-neering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer

Target groupsUpper undergraduate

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 300 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-19921-9

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

5th ed. 2011. VI, 250 p. Softcover

7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9712-8

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 328 p. Softcover

7 approx. $49.00ISBN 978-3-642-19863-2

Page 19: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 9Springer News 4/2011 Chemistry

E. MARECHAL, S. Roy, L. Lafanechère, Joseph Fourier University, Grenoble, France (Eds.)

Chemogenomics and Chemical GeneticsA User’s Introduction for Biologists, Chemists and Informaticians

Biological and chemical sciences have undergone an unprecedented transformation, reflected by the huge use of parallel and automated technologies in key fields such as genome sequencing, DNA chips, nanoscale functional biology or combinatorial chem-istry. It is now possible to generate and store from tens of thousands to millions of new small molecules, based on enhanced chemical synthesis strategies. Automated screening of small molecules is one of the technologies that has revolutionized biology, first developed for the pharmaceutical industry and recently introduced in academic laboratories. High-throughput and high-content screening allow the identification of bioactive compounds in collec-tions of molecules (chemical libraries), being effec-tive on biological targets defined at various organi-sational scales, from proteins to cells to complete organisms. These bioactive molecules can be therapeutic drug candidates, molecules for biotech, diagnostic or agronomic applications, or tools for basic research. Handling a large number of biolog-ical (genomic and post-genomic), chemical and experimental information, screening approaches cannot be envisaged without any electronic storage and mathematical treatment of the data. “Chemoge-nomics and Chemical Genetics” is an introductory manual presenting methods and concepts making up the basis for this recent discipline.

Features7 Conceived for beginners 7 Not only for medicinal chemists, but any biologist, chemist, mathematician or IT scientist interested in that field 7 Written by experts from both the academic (University) and private (Pharma companies) sectors 7 Shows more applications than just drug discovery

Fields of interestMedicinal Chemistry; Computer Applications in Chemistry; Bioinformatics

Target groupsResearch

G. I. Murray, Department of Pathology, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen, UK (Ed.)

Laser Capture MicrodissectionMethods and Protocols

Laser microdissection techniques have revolu-tionized the ability of researchers in general, and pathologists in particular, to carry out molecular analysis on specific types of normal and diseased cells and to fully utilize the power of current molecular technologies including PCR, microar-rays, and proteomics.  In second edition of Laser Capture Microdissection: Methods and Proto-cols, experts in the field provide the reader with practical advice on how to carry out tissue-based laser microdissection successfully in their own laboratory using the different laser microdissec-tion systems that are available and to apply a wide range of molecular technologies.  The individual chapters encompass detailed descriptions of the individual laser based micro-dissection systems.  The downstream applications of the laser microdissected tissue described in the book include PCR in its many different forms as well as gene expression analysis including application to microarrays and proteomics. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.

Features7 Provides practical methods and protocols involving tissue-based laser microdissection, ideal for labs around the globe 7 Fully updates and reexamines the popular first edition 7 Features key notes and expert implementation advice

Fields of interestBiotechnology; Gene Expression

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Y. Ono, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Tokyo, Japan; H. Hattori, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan

Solid Base CatalysisThe importance of solid base catalysts has come to be recognized for their environmentally benign qualities, and much significant progress has been made over the past two decades in catalytic mate-rials and solid base-catalyzed reactions. The book is focused on the solid base. Because of the advan-tages over liquid bases, the use of solid base cata-lysts in organic synthesis is expanding. Solid bases are easier to dispose than liquid bases, separation and recovery of products, catalysts and solvents are less difficult, and they are non-corrosive. Further-more, base-catalyzed reactions can be performed without using solvents and even in the gas phase, opening up more possibilities for discovering novel reaction systems. Using numerous examples, the present volume describes the remarkable role solid base catalysis can play, given the ever increasing worldwide importance of “green” chemistry. The reader will obtain an overall view of solid base catalysis and gain insight into the versatility of the reactions to which solid base catalysts can be utilized. The concept and significance of solid base catalysis are discussed, followed by descriptions of various methods for the characterization of solid bases, including spectroscopic methods and test reactions. The preparation and properties of base materials are presented in detail, with the two final chapters devoted to surveying the variety of reac-tions catalyzed by solid bases.

Features7 Presents all aspects of solid base catalysis in a comprehensive way 7 Gives an important contri-bution to "green" chemistry 7 Describes methods for the characterization of solid bases 7 Presents in detail the preparation and properties of catalytic materials

Fields of interestCatalysis; Physical Chemistry; Surface and Inter-face Science, Thin Films

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

Original French edition published by EDP Sciences, 2007, Jointly published with Grenoble Sciences

2011. 270 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19614-0

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2nd ed. 2011. 480 p. 109 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 755) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-162-8

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

Copub with Tokyo Tech Press, Japan

2011. 409 p. 320 illus. (Springer Series in Chemical Physics, Volume 101) Hardcover

7 $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-18338-6

Page 20: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline10 Springer News 4/2011Chemistry

A. M. Pravilov, Fock Inst. of Physics, St. Petersburg State Univ., Russia

Radiometry in Modern Scientific Experiments

The reader is provided with information about methods of calibration of light sources and photo-detectors as well as responsiveness of spectral instruments ranging from near infrared to vacuum UV spectral, 1200 – 100 nm, and radiation intensi-ties of up to several quanta per second in absolute and arbitrary units. The author describes for the first time original methods of measurements they created and draws upon over 40 years of experi-ence in working with light sources and detectors to provide accurate and precise measurements. This book is the first to cover these aspects of radiometry and is divided into seven chapters that examine information about terminology, units, light sources and detectors, methods, including author’s original ones, of absolute calibration of detectors, spectral instruments responsiveness, absolute measurements of radiation intensity of photoprocesses, and original methods of their study. Of interest to researchers measuring; luminescence spectra, light intensities from IR to vacuum UV, spectral range in wide-light intensity ranges, calibrate light sources and detectors, abso-lute or relative quantum yields of photoprocess determination.

Features7 Detailed descriptions of experimental methods 7 The author distills over 40 years of experience for the reader 7 Each chapter contains problems for the reader to test their knowledge

From the contents1. Introduction. 2. Radiation sources in radiometric applications. 3. Photodetectors in radiometric application. 4. Methods of absolute calibration for photodetectors and light sources.

Fields of interestSpectroscopy/Spectrometry; Spectroscopy and Microscopy; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials

Target groupsResearch

J. Villadsen, Technical University of Denmark, Lyngby, Denmark; J. Nielsen, Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenburg, Sweden; G. Lidén, Depart-ment of Chemical Engineering, Lund University, Sweden

Bioreaction Engineering Principles

The present text is a complete revision of the 2nd edition from 2003 of the book with the same title. In recognition of the fast pace at which biotechnology is moving we have rewritten several chapters to include new scientific progress in the field from 2000 to 2010. More important we have changed the focus of the book to support its use, not only in universities, but also as a guide to design new processes and equipment in the bio-industry. A new chapter has been included on the prospects of the bio-refinery to replace many of the oil- and gas based processes for production of especially bulk chemicals. This chapter also serves to make students in Chemical Engineering and in the Bio-Sciences enthusiastic about the whole research field. As in previous editions we hope that the book can be used as textbook for classes, even at the undergraduate level, where chemical engi-neering students come to work side by side with students from biochemistry and microbiology. To help the chemical engineering students Chapter 1 includes a brief review of the most important parts of microbial metabolism. In our opinion this review is sufficient to understand microbial physiology at a sufficiently high level to profit from the rest of the book. Likewise the bio-students will not be overwhelmed by mathematics, but since the objective of the book is to teach quantitative process analysis and process design at a hands-on level some mathematics and model analysis is needed.

Features7 Complete revision of the 2nd edition from 2003 7 New chapter has been included on the prospects of bio-refinery 7 Around 100 detailed figures included in text

Field of interestBiochemical Engineering; Biotechnology; Biochemistry, general

Target groupsGraduate

A. Virkar, c3Nano Group, Mountain View, CA, USA

Investigating the Nucleation, Growth, and Energy Levels of Organic Semiconductors for High Performance Plastic Electronics

This thesis details the significant progress made in improving the performance of organic transis-tors and the network conductivity of carbon nanotubes. The first section investigates organic semiconductor nucleation and growth on the most common dielectric surface used to fabricate organic thin film transistors. The nucleation and growth of the semiconductor was determined to be a critical factor affecting the device perfor-mance. Excellent dielectric modification layers, which promote desirable semiconductor growth leading to high conductivity were identified, and a technologically relevant deposition technique was developed to fabricate high quality dielectric modification layers over large areas. This may represent an important step towards the realization of large area organic circuity. In the final section, lessons learned from studying organic semicon-ductor nucleation and growth were utilized to improve the conductivity of carbon nanotube networks. Selective nucleation of materials at the junctions between nanotubes in the network significantly decreased the network’s sheet resis-tance. The resulting networks may be promising candidates for transparent electrodes with a variety of optoelectronic applications.

Features7 Entry into the Springer Theses program

Fields of interestBiochemical Engineering; Semiconductors; Indus-trial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 1 p. 50 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0103-2

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

3rd ed. 2011. 400 p. 119 illus., 29 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9687-9

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 200 p. 55 illus., 15 in color. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9703-6

Page 21: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 11Springer News 4/2011 Computer Science

P. Avgeriou, University of Groningen, The Netherlands; N. B. Harrison, Utah Valley University, Orem, UT, USA; U. Zdun, Universität Wien, Austria (Eds.)

Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming IISpecial lssue on Applying Patterns

Editors-in-chief: J. Noble, R. Johnson

The Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming subline aims to publish papers on patterns and pattern languages as applied to soft-ware design, development, and use, throughout all phases of the software life cycle, from requirements and design to implementation, maintenance and evolution. The primary focus of this LNCS Trans-actions subline is on patterns, pattern collections, and pattern languages themselves. The journal also includes reviews, survey articles, criticisms of patterns and pattern languages, as well as other research on patterns and pattern languages. This book, the second volume in the Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming series, pres-ents five papers that have been through a careful peer review process involving both pattern experts and domain experts. The papers demonstrate techniques for applying patterns in an industrial or research setting. Some have confronted the topic within software engineering; others offer approaches in other pattern domains, which is an indication of the diverse fields where patterns are applied.

Features7 High quality selected papers 7 Unique visibility 7 State of the art research

Fields of interestSoftware Engineering/Programming and Operating Systems; Programming Techniques; Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters

Target groupsResearch

Springer Series on Touch and Haptic Systems

Series editors: M. Ferre, M. O. Ernst, A. Wing

G. Campion, Montreal, QC, Canada

The Synthesis of Three Dimensional Haptic Textures: Geometry, Control, and Psychophysics

The sense of touch is fundamental during the interaction between humans and their environ-ment; in virtual reality, objects are created by computer simulations and they can be experienced through haptic devices. In this context haptic textures are fundamental for a realistic haptic perception of virtual objects.This book formalizes the specific artefacts corrupting the rendering of virtual haptic textures and offers a set of simple conditions to guide haptic researchers towards artefact-free textures. The conditions identified are also extremely valuable when designing psycho-physical experiments and when analyzing the significance of the data collected. The Synthesis of Three Dimensional Haptic Textures, Geom-etry, Control, and Psychophysics examines the problem of rendering virtual haptic textures with force feedback devices. The author provides an introduction to the topic of haptic textures that covers the basics of the physiology of the skin, the psychophysics of roughness perception, and the engineering challenges behind haptic textures rendering. The book continues with the presenta-tion of a novel mathematical framework that char-acterizes haptic devices, texturing algorithms and their ability to generate realistic haptic textures. Finally, two psychophysical experiments link the perception of roughness with the parameters of the haptic rendering algorithms.

Features7 The literature review is a synthetic and complete introduction to haptic textures for the researchers unfamiliar with the field 7 The mathematical analysis of the texture algorithms guides the design of stable (non vibrating) haptic textures and yields a very practical design tool 7 It provides analytical tools for understanding the range of textures that a haptic device can render

Fields of interestSimulation and Modeling; Mechatronics

Target groupsResearch

New Series

Discount groupP

Due March 2011

2011. IX, 125 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming, Volume 6510) Softcover

7 $72.00ISBN 978-3-642-19431-3

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. XVIII, 172 p. 120 illus. (Springer Series on Touch and Haptic Systems, Tentative volume 1) Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-0-85729-575-0

Page 22: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline12 Springer News 4/2011Computer Science

S. Chatterjee, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, India; P. Sarkar, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata, India

Identity-Based EncryptionIdentity Based Encryption (IBE) is a type of public key encryption and has been intensely researched in the past decade. Identity-Based Encryption summarizes the available research for IBE and the main ideas that would enable users to pursue further work in this area. This book will also cover a brief background on Elliptic Curves and Pair-ings, security against chosen Cipher text Attacks, standards and more. Advanced-level students in computer science and mathematics who specialize in cryptology, and the general community of researchers in the area of cryptology and data security will find Identity-Based Encryption a useful book. Practitioners and engineers who work with real-world IBE schemes and need a proper understanding of the basic IBE techniques, will also find this book a valuable asset.

Features7 Practitioners and engineers who have to imple-ment real-world IBE schemes, and need a proper understanding of the basic IBE techniques, will find this book a valuable asset 7 Covers Elliptic Curves and Pairings, obtaining security against chosen Ciphertext Attacks, standards and more 7 Peter Wild, Editor and Chief of Springer’s Journal Designs Codes and Cryptography, remarks “This is a very active area, and it would be useful to have a reference text and to provide a common basis for the study of these systems 7 This would be a pioneering contribution in book form.”

From the contentsIntroduction.- Definitions and Notations.- A Brief Background on Elliptic Curves and Pairings.- Boneh-Franklin IBE and its Variants.- Selective-Identity Model.- Security Against Adaptive Chosen Ciphertext Attacks.- IBE in Adaptive-Identity Model Without Random Oracles.- Further IBE Constructions.- IBEWithout Pairing.- Applica-tions, Extensions and Related Primitives.- Avoiding Key Escrow.

Fields of interestData Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory; Data Encryption; Software Engineering

Target groupsResearch

A. Ebert, University of Kaiserslautern, Germany; A. Dix, Lancaster University, UK; N. D. Gershon, McLean, VA, USA; M. Pohl, Vienna University of Technology, Austria (Eds.)

Human Aspects of VisualizationSecond IFIP WG 13.7 Workshop on Human-Computer Interaction and Visualization, HCIV (INTERACT) 2009, Uppsala, Sweden, August 24, 2009, Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the referred proceedings of the First IFIP WG 13.7 International Work-shop on Human Aspects of Visualization, HCIV 2009, held in Uppsala, Sweden, in August 2009, as a satellite workshop of INTERACT 2009. The 11 revised full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from numerous submis-sions. These articles in this book give an overview of important issues concerning human-computer interaction and information visualization. They highlight the research required to understand what aspects of analysis match human capabilities most closely and how interactive visual support should be designed and adapted to make optimal use of human capabilities in terms of information perception and processing.

Features7 High quality selected papers 7 Unique visibility 7 State of the art research

Fields of interestUser Interfaces and Human Computer Interac-tion; Computer Graphics; Image Processing and Computer Vision

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

S. Groppe, Universität zu Lübeck, Germany

Data Management and Query Processing in Semantic Web Databases

The Semantic Web, which is intended to estab-lish a machine-understandable Web, is currently changing from being an emerging trend to a tech-nology used in complex real-world applications. A number of standards and techniques have been developed by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), e.g., the Resource Description Framework (RDF), which provides a general method for conceptual descriptions for Web resources, and SPARQL, an RDF querying language. Recent exam-ples of large RDF data with billions of facts include the UniProt comprehensive catalog of protein sequence, function and annotation data, the RDF data extracted from Wikipedia, and Princeton University’s WordNet. Clearly, querying perfor-mance has become a key issue for Semantic Web applications. In his book, Groppe details various aspects of high-performance Semantic Web data management and query processing. His presenta-tion fills the gap between Semantic Web and data-base books, which either fail to take into account the performance issues of large-scale data manage-ment or fail to exploit the special properties of Semantic Web data models and queries. After a general introduction to the relevant Semantic Web standards, he presents specialized indexing and sorting algorithms, adapted approaches for logical and physical query optimization, optimization possibilities when using the parallel database tech-nologies of today’s multicore processors, and visual and embedded query languages.Groppe primarily targets researchers, students, and developers of large-scale Semantic Web applications.

Features7 First book on performance issues for Semantic Web data management 7 Author was a member of the W3C working group that defined the standard query language SPARQL 7 Additional teaching and demonstration material available on author’s book website

Fields of interestDatabase Management; Information Storage and Retrieval; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. XV, 180 p. Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9382-3

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. VII, 173 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Information Systems and Applications, incl. Internet/Web, and HCI, Volume 6431) Softcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-19640-9

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 300 p. Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19356-9

Page 23: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 13Springer News 4/2011 Computer Science

A. Maruoka, Ishinomaki Senshu University, Ishinomaki, Miyagi, Japan

Concise Guide to Computation Theory

This textbook presents a thorough foundation to the theory of computation. Combining intui-tive descriptions and illustrations with rigorous arguments and detailed proofs for key topics, the logically structured discussion guides the reader through the core concepts of automata and languages, computability, and complexity of computation. Topics and features: presents a detailed introduction to the theory of computa-tion, complete with concise explanations of the mathematical prerequisites; provides end-of-chapter problems with solutions, in addition to chapter-opening summaries and numerous examples and definitions throughout the text; draws upon the author’s extensive teaching experi-ence and broad research interests; discusses finite automata, context-free languages, and pushdown automata; examines the concept, universality and limitations of the Turing machine; investi-gates computational complexity based on Turing machines and Boolean circuits, as well as the notion of NP-completeness.

Features7 Presents a detailed introduction to the theory of computation, complete with concise explana-tions of the mathematical prerequisites 7 Provides end-of-chapter problems with solutions, in addi-tion to chapter-opening summaries and numerous examples and definitions throughout the text 7 Draws upon the author’s extensive teaching experience and broad research interests

From the contentsPart I: The Theory of Computation.- Everything Begins With Computation.- Preliminaries to the Theory of Computation.- Part II: Automata and Languages.- Finite Automata.- Context-Free Languages.- Pushdown Automaton.- Part III: Computability.- Turing Machine.- Universality of Turing Machine and its Limitation.

Fields of interestTheory of Computation; Computational Science and Engineering

Target groupsLower undergraduate

C. Müller-Schloer, Leibniz Universität Hannover, Germany; H. Schmeck, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Germany; T. Ungerer, Universität Augsburg, Germany (Eds.)

Organic Computing — A Paradigm Shift for Complex Systems

Organic Computing has emerged as a challenging vision for future information processing systems. Organic Computing is based on the insight that we will soon be surrounded by large collections of autonomous systems, which are equipped with sensors and actuators, aware of their environment, communicating freely, and organising themselves in order to perform the actions and services that are required by the users. The presence of networks of intelligent systems in our environment opens fascinating application areas but, at the same time, bears the problem of their controllability. Hence, we have to construct such systems - which we increasingly depend on - as robust, safe, flexible, and trustworthy as possible. In particular, a strong orientation towards human needs as opposed to a pure implementation of the technologically possible seems absolutely central. In order to achieve these goals, our technical systems will have to act more independently, flexibly, and autono-mously, i.e. they will have to exhibit life-like prop-erties. We call those systems “organic”. Hence, an “Organic Computing System” is a technical system, which adapts dynamically to the current condi-tions of its environment. It will be self-organising, self-configuring, self-optimising, self-healing, self-protecting, self-explaining, and context-aware.

Features7 Summarizes new developments in topics like adaptivity, reconfigurability, emergence of new properties, and self-organization 7 Presents research inspired by an analysis of information processing in biological systems 7 Addresses fundamental challenges in the design of specific concepts and tools

Fields of interestComputer Systems Organization and Communica-tion Networks

Target groupsResearch

P. L. Tarr, IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center, Hawthorne, NY, USA; A. L. Wolf, Imperial College London, UK (Eds.)

Engineering of SoftwareThe Continuing Contributions of Leon J. Osterweil

Software engineering research can trace its roots to a few highly influential individuals. Among that select group is Leon J. Osterweil, who has been a major force in driving software engineering from its infancy to its modern reality. For more than three decades, Prof. Osterweil’s work has fundamentally defined or significantly impacted major directions in software analysis, development tools and environments, and software process--all critical parts of software engineering as it is prac-ticed today. His exceptional contributions to the field have been recognized with numerous awards and honors through his career, including the ACM SIGSOFT Outstanding Research Award, in recognition of his extensive and sustained research impact, and the ACM SIGSOFT Influential Educator Award, in recognition of his career-long achievements as an educator and mentor. In honor of Prof. Osterweil’s profound accomplishments, this book was prepared for a special honorary event held during the 2011 International Confer-ence on Software Engineering (ICSE). It contains some of his most important published works to date, together with several new articles written by leading authorities in the field, exploring the broad impact of his work in the past and how it will further impact software engineering research in the future. These papers, part of the core software engineering legacy and now available in one commented volume for the first time, are grouped into three sections: flow analysis for software dependability, the software lifecycle, and software process.

Features7 State-of-the-art research 7 Compiles Prof. Osterweil’s most important published works to date 7 Includes several new articles exploring the broad impact of his work in the past

Fields of interestSoftware Engineering; Management of Computing and Information Systems

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XVIII, 250 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-0-85729-534-7

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. XVIII, 590 p. 100 illus., 10 in color. (Autonomic Systems, Volume 1) Softcover

7 $149.00ISBN 978-3-0348-0129-4

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 400 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19822-9

Page 24: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline14 Springer News 4/2011Earth Sciences/Geography

S. Attri, L. Rathore, Environment Monitoring and Research Centre, New Delhi, India; M. V. Sivakumar, Climate and Water Programme World Meteorological Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; S. Dash, Centre for Atmospheric Sciences, New Delhi, India (Eds.)

Challenges and Opportunities in Agrometeorology

The global food security and sustainable agricul-ture are the key challenges before the scientific community in the present era of enhanced climate variability, rapidly rising population and dwindling resources. No part of the world is immune from meteorological extremes of one sort or another posing threat to the food security. Agrome-teorology has to make most efficient use of the opportunities available in achieving the objectives of enhancing productivity and maintenance of sustainability. Increased awareness and technolog-ical advancement have provided opportunities to develop efficient agrometeorological services that can help cope with risks. These include improve-ments in weather forecasting, better understanding of the monsoon variability and crop-weather relationships, advances in operational agrome-teorology and agrometeorological information systems, adaptation strategies to climate change and improved risk evaluation and management. This book based on an International Workshop held in New Delhi, India should be of interest to all organizations and agencies interested in agrome-teorological applications.

Features7 Agrometeorological applications and services for increasing agricultural productivity 7 Comprehensive introduction followed by regional case studies 7 Better information on agrometeorological services and products

Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Agriculture

Target groupsResearch

R. Chandrappa, Karnataka State Pollution Control Board, Bangalore, India; S. Gupta, Risk Management Solutions, Noida, India; U. C. Kulshrestha, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Dehli, India

Coping with Climate ChangePrinciples and Asian Context

The Environmental and climatic issues varies from continent to continent and is unique to Asia. Understanding the issues does need lot of research and study material which students may not be able to gather due to shortage of time and resources. Hence an effort is made by authors gathering there experience and academic input from renowned universities of world. Climate change is real and coping with it is major concern in coming days. Most of the books written and sold in the past need updating and customizing. The general description of climate change and world will not help the professionals and students. It needs to seen area wise as a professional will work in specific geographic area. Hence an effort is made to collect data from Asia which host most populated countries along with ecological hot spots.

Features7 General principles and discussions 7 Updated and customized data from Asia 7 Made compact to save time

From the contentsThe History of Climate Change.- Industrial Revolution, Climate Change and Asia.- Changing Environment - Where will this lead to?.- Green-house Gas Inventory.- Climate Change & Hydro-Meteorological Risks in Asia.- Asian Geological Settings its Effect on Climate Change and Disaster.- Climate and non Climatic Hazards.- Asian Context.- Predicting Disaster Asian Scenario.- Early Warning Systems and their Effectiveness in Asia.- Disaster Risk Reduction and Climate Change Adaptation in Asia.- Prediction of regional climate change.- Capacity Assessment - is Asia ready to face Climate Change.- Hazard and Risk Assessment.- Preventing and Mitigation of Disasters.

Fields of interestGeography (general); Climate Change; Earth Sciences, general

Target groupsResearch

J. Harff, Leibniz Institute for Baltic Sea Research Warnemünde, Germany; S. Björck, Lund University, GeoBiosphere Science Centre, Sweden; P. Hoth, Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

The Baltic Sea BasinThis book reports about the results of a Special Symposium “The Baltic Sea Basin”, held on August 11, 2008, within the frame of the 33rd IGC at Oslo, Norway in order to foster the understanding of the Baltic Basin as a unit in terms of genesis, structure, ongoing processes and utilization. It is the first time that in a joint publication, scientists from different disciplines give a comprehensive over-view about the Baltic Sea basin in such a general sense. The book will be used not only by students and scientist but also by engineers and decision makers from industry and politics.  Summarizing the state of the art in the investigation of the Baltic Sea Basin, but also in the resource utilisation of the basin the book will enhance the development of new monitoring strategies and technical device design including satellite observation methods, the establishment of international research labo-ratories, innovative topics for interdisciplinary research projects, etc.

Features7 First book with holistic view to the region 7 First discussion between the international geological scientific community and the different stakeholders concerned with the densely populated Baltic Sea drainage basin and the exploitation of the Baltic Sea resources

ContentsIntroduction.- Geological and tectonic evolu-tion.- The basin fill as a climate and sea level record.- Coastline changes.- Sediment dynamics.- Interactions between a changing environment and society.- Hydrogeological modelling.- Monitoring.

Fields of interestPhysical Geography; Ecotoxicology; Geology

Target groupsResearchDiscount group

P

Due May 2011

2011. XX, 560 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-3-642-19359-0

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. X, 470 p. 70 illus., 50 in color. Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19673-7

Discount groupP

Due March 2011

2011. XIII, 438 p. 160 illus., 140 in color. (Central and Eastern European Development Studies (CEEDES)) Hardcover

7 approx. $229.00ISBN 978-3-642-17219-9

Page 25: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 15Springer News 4/2011 Earth Sciences/Geography

S. V. Krivovichev, St. Petersburg State University, St. Petersburg, Russia (Ed.)

Minerals as Advanced Materials II

This book is a collection of papers that are devoted to various aspects of interactions between miner-alogy and material sciences. It will include reviews, perspective papers and original research papers on mineral nanostructures, biomineralization, micro- and nanoporous mineral phases as func-tional materials, physical and optical properties of minerals, etc. Many important materials that dominate modern technological development were known to mineralogists for hundreds of years, though their properties were not fully recognized. Mineralogy, on the other hand, needs new impacts for the further development in the line of modern scientific achievements such as bio- and nano-technologies as well as by the understanding of a deep role that information plays in the formation of natural structures and definition of natural processes. It is the idea of this series of books to provide an arena for interdisciplinary discussion on minerals as advanced materials.

Features7 Contains numerous examples and ideas on new materials resulted from purely mineralogical research 7 Unique interdisciplinary arena for discussing interactions between mineralogy and material science 7 References to recent patents and papers that use mineralogical ormation for creation of new materials

From the contentsCase Studies of Minerals which became Advanced Materials.- The actinide borates: A new impact on nuclear fuel conversion.- Ferroic walls and potential applications.- Determination of “unsolv-able” structures of minerals.- Evaluation of the long-term performance of potential nuclear waste form materials: A mineralogical and experimental approach.- Microporous materials used in energy storage and energy conversion.

Fields of interestMineralogy; Nanotechnology; Inorganic Chem-istry

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

W. Liu, Canadian Space Agency, St. Hubert, QC, Canada; M. Fujimoto, Institute of Space and Astronautical Science, Kanagawa, Japan (Eds.)

The Dynamic Magnetosphere

Despite the plethora of monographs published in recent years, few cover recent progress in magnetospheric physics in broad areas of research. While a topical focus is important to in-depth looks at a problem, a broad overview of our field is also needed. The volume answers to the latter need. With its collection of articles written by leading scientists, the articles contained in the book describe latest research results in solar wind-magnetosphere interaction, magnetospheric substorms, magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling, transport phenomena in the plasma sheet, wave and particle dynamics in the ring current and radiation belts, and extra-terrestrial magneto-spheric systems. In addition to its breadth and timeliness, the book highlights innovative methods and techniques for the study of geospace. It is an ideal guide for graduate students and a handy reference for established scientists wanting a quick entry point to survey the state of research in a related field.

Features7 Latest research results in the field 7 Authori-tative, up-to-date reviews 7 Focus on current and controversial research topics 7 Broad coverage of issues and research topics

From the contentsMagnetopause and magnetosheath processes: reconnection, diffusion and boundary dynamics.- Advances in substorm research from multi-point observations in the magnetosphere.- Magne-tosphere-ionosphere interactions and auroral processes.- New perspectives of the magneto-sphere-ionosphere system from global models, synoptic observations, and data assimilation.- The plasma sheet – ionosphere, a coupled system: Sinks, sources, transport and the role of region-2 currents.

Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences

Target groupsResearch

A. Mendonca, Lamacaes School Cluster, Braga, Portugal; A. Cunha, Institute of Education, Minho University, Braga, Portugal; L. Carvalho, School of Sciences, Minho University, Braga, Portugal; R. Chakrabarti, Department of History, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India (Eds.)

Natural Resources, Sustainability and HumanityA Comprehensive View

In this book volume global issues like water and food scarcity, natural and environmental hazards, decreasing biodiversity etc are discussed by a number of eminent scientists from different backgrounds such as psychology, earth sciences, ecology, hydrology, and pedagogy.

Features7 Global issues like water and food scarcity, natural and environmental hazards, decreasing biodiversity are addressed by cross-disciplinary international experts

ContentsPreface.- Water Challenges of the 21st Century.- Human Rights and Harm.- Clever Minds for Climate Control.- The World we Want and the World we Have: Bridging the Gaps.- Mental Health Effects of the Environment.- The General Environmental Issues and Climate Change.- An Integrated Approach to Conserve Mangrove Forest at Keti Bunder, Indus Delta, Pakistan.- Pedagogic Strategies on Teaching Science and Environmental Education.- What Environmental History Teaches.- Participatory Development of Fotonovelas for Environment Education and Community Empowerment.- The Contribution of the Barcode of Life Initiative to the Discovery and Monitoring of Biodiversity.- The Portuguese Committee for Planet Earth: a Case of Good Prac-tices in Portugal in the Framework of the United Nations Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005-2014).- Public Participation as Leverage for the Building Up of more Sustainable Societies.- Conclusion.- Index.

Fields of interestBiogeosciences; Climate Change; Environment, general

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 400 p. 150 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-20017-5

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. X, 280 p. 150 illus., 70 in color. (IAGA Special Sopron Book Series, Volume 3) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-0500-5

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. X, 280 p. 35 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-1320-8

Page 26: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline16 Springer News 4/2011Earth Sciences/Geography

S. Mukherjee, Geological Survey of India, Kolkata, India

Applied MineralogyApplications in Industry and Environment

This book covers the entire spectrum of miner-alogy and consolidates its applications in various fields. Its starts (Part I) with the very basic concept of mineralogy describing in detail the implica-tions of the various aspects of mineral chemistry, crystallographic structures and their effects producing different mineral properties. Part II of the book describes different aspects of mineralogy used to extend the studies of geothermobarometry, mineral thermodynamics and phase diagrams, mineral exploration and analysis, including some aspects of marine minerals etc. The book finally handles the applications in industrial, medicinal and environmental mineralogy along with precious – semiprecious stone studies. The various analytical techniques, their significance in handling specific types of mineralogical problems are also well covered.

Features7 Emphasises the multidisciplinary nature of Mineralogy 7 This book covers all the fields where basic mineralogy is used 7 Covers the application of mineralogy in various commercial fields Analytical techniques are described and applied to particular problems

From the contentsIntroduction.- Part-I: Essentials of Mineralogy.- Minerals and Their Chemical Classification.- Mineral Crystals and Structural Classification.- Mineral Chemistry.- Physical Properties.- Optical Mineralogy and Its Uses.- Special Mineral Properties and Related Structures.- Descriptive Mineralogy.

Fields of interestMineralogy; Economic Geology; Ceramics, Glass, Composites, Natural Materials

Target groupsUpper undergraduate

V. Popovich, SPIIRAS 39, St. Petersburg, Russia; C. Claramunt, T. Devogele, Naval Academy Research Institute, Brest, France; M. Schrenk, CEIT, ALANOVA, Schwchat, Austria; K. Korolenko, NAVSEA, Newport, USA (Eds.)

Information Fusion and Geographic Information SystemsTowards the Digital Ocean

The Workshop Proceedings reflect problems of advanced geo-information science as far as they are specifically concerned with the maritime environment at large. The Proceedings incorporate papers presented by leading scientists researching in the considered professional area and by practi-tioners engaged in GIS and GIS applications devel-opment. They pay close attention to the problems of scientific and technological innovations and the ensuing opportunities to make seas safer and cleaner. Furthermore, they periodically measure the ground covered and new challenges with respect to economic and shipping trends as related to Artificial Intelligence; GIS ontologies; GIS data integration and modelling; Underwater acoustics; GIS data fusion; GIS and corporate information systems; GIS and real-time monitoring systems; GIS algorithms and computational issues; Novel and emerging marine GIS research areas; Moni-toring of maritime terrorist threat; Maritime and environmental GIS; Navigation-based and maritime transportation GIS; Human factors in maritime GIS; Coastal and environmental GIS.

Features7 Considers the development of GIS with a specific relation to Artificial Intelligent Science, Corporate Information Systems, and computa-tional developments 7 Addresses several research issues from the modelling, analysis, information processing and visualization of geographic infor-mation with a specific application to the maritime environment Holistic Approach

Fields of interestGeographical Information Systems/Cartography; Computer Applications in Earth Sciences; Infor-mation Systems and Communication Service

Target groupsResearch

V. G. Rumynin, The Russian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Environmental Geology and Saint Peters-burg State University, Geological Department, Saint Petersburg, Russia

Subsurface Solute Transport Models and Case HistoriesWith Applications to Radionuclide Migration

The book is aimed at the development of the basic knowledge of the subsurface solute transfer with a particular emphasis on field data collection and analysis coupled with modeling (analytical and numerical) tool application. The relevant theoretical developments are concerned mainly with the formulation and solution of deterministic mass-transport equations for a wide range of engi-neering issues in groundwater quality assessment and forecasting. The book gives many computa-tion examples and case studies drawn from the conducted field investigations. The analyzed problems are as follows: investigation and predic-tion of groundwater contamination by industrial contaminants and solutions (radionuclides, chloride and nitrate brine) with special focus on the effect of (a) aquifer heterogeneity, anisotropy, and dual porosity, (b) density contrast existing between industrial waste and groundwater, or in density-stratified artesian and coastal groundwater systems; (c) physicochemical interactions that play a major role in retarding (e.g., adsorption) or enhancing (e.g., interactions between dissolved species and mobile colloids) contaminant trans-port;

Features7 Interdisciplinary approach to define and solve coupled problems in hydrogeology 7 Availability of unique field data showing spatial variability of parameters and behavior of contaminant plumes 7 Development of new solutions for analysis of contaminant transport processes 7 Broad range of analyzed types of ground water contamination sources and hydrogeological conditions

Fields of interestHydrogeology; Waste Management/Waste Tech-nology; Geochemistry

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

Distribution rights of print edition for SAARC countries: Capital Publishing Company

Jointly published with Capital Publishing Company

2011. X, 440 p. 215 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover

7 $89.95ISBN 978-94-007-1161-7

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. X, 350 p. 50 illus. (Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography, Tentative volume 5) Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19765-9

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. X, 460 p. 360 illus., 10 in color. (Theory and Applications of Transport in Porous Media, Volume 25) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-94-007-1305-5

Page 27: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 17Springer News 4/2011 Earth Sciences/Geography

M. Srbulov

Practical Soil DynamicsCase Studies in Earthquake and Geotechnical Engineering

The objective of this book is to fill some of the gaps in the existing engineering codes and stan-dards related to soil dynamics, concerning issues in earthquake engineering and ground vibrations, by using formulas and hand calculators. The usefulness and accuracy of the simple analyses are demonstrated by their implementation to the case histories available in the literature. Ideally, the users of the volume will be able to comment on the analyses as well as provide more case histories of simple considerations by publishing their results in a number of international journals and conferences. The ultimate aim is to extend the existing codes and standards by adding new widely accepted analyses in engineering practice. The following topics have been considered in this volume: – main ground motion sources and prop-erties – typical ground motions, recording, ground investigations and testing – soil properties used in simple analyses – fast sliding in non-liquefied soil – flow of liquefied sandy soil – massive retaining walls – slender retaining walls – shallow foundations – piled foundations – tunnels, vertical shafts and pipelines – ground vibration caused by industry. Audience:This book is of interest to geotechnical engineers, engineering geologists, earthquake engineers and students

Features7 Practical (hands on) use for everyday designs and analyses by the engineers 7 Simple solutions of very complex problems in soil dynamics 7 Includes all major subjects of soil dynamics

Fields of interestGeotechnical Engineering; Structural Foundations, Hydraulic Engineering; Building Construction, HVAC, Refrigeration

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XX, 240 p. 110 illus., 10 in color. (Geotechnical, Geological and Earthquake Engineering, Volume 20) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-1311-6

Page 28: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline18 Springer News 4/2011Economics

Advances in Mathematical Economics

Managing editor: S. KusuokaSeries editors: M. Yano, R. M. Anderson, C. Castaing, F. Clarke, E. Dierker, D. Duffie, L. C. Evans, T. Fujimoto, N. Hirano, T. Ichiishi, A. Ioffe, S. Iwamoto, K. Kamiya, K. Kawamata, H. Matano, K. Nishimura, M. Richter, Y. Takahashi, Managing editor: T. Maruyama

Volume 15

S. Kusuoka, The University of Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan; T. Maruyama, Keio University, Tokyo, Japan (Eds.)

Advances in Mathematical Economics

A lot of economic problems can be formulated as constrained optimizations and equilibration of their solutions. Various mathematical theories have been supplying economists with indispens-able machineries for these problems arising in economic theory. Conversely, mathematicians have been stimulated by various mathematical difficulties raised by economic theories. The series is designed to bring together those mathematicians who are seriously interested in getting new chal-lenging stimuli from economic theories with those economists who are seeking effective mathematical tools for their research.

Features7 International scientific association that aims to promote research activities in mathematical economics 7 This series was launched to realize our long-term goal of bringing together those mathematicians who are seriously interested in obtaining new challenging stimuli from economic theories

Fields of interestGame Theory/Mathematical Methods; Game Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences

Target groupsResearch

B. H. Baltagi, Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY, USA

EconometricsThis textbook teaches some of the basic econo-metric methods and the underlying assumptions behind them. It also includes a simple and concise treatment of more advanced topics in spatial corre-lation, panel data, limited dependent variables, regression diagnostics, specification testing and time series analysis. Each chapter has a set of theo-retical exercises as well as empirical illustrations using real economic applications. These empirical exercises usually replicate a published article using Stata or Eviews.

Features7 Useful introduction and solid training in Econometrics 7 With applications and hands-on exercises 7 Provides econometric methods for estimating, testing, and forecasting to applied economists and social scientists 7 Illustrates methods with practical software including Stata and EViews

ContentsPart 1: What Is Econometrics?.- Basic Statistical Concepts.- Simple Linear Regression.- Multiple Regression Analysis.- Violations of the Classical Assumptions.- Distributed Lags and Dynamic Models.- Part 2: The General Linear Model: The Basics.- Regression Diagnostics and Specification Tests.- Generalized Least Squares.- Seemingly Unrelated Regressions.- Simultaneous Equations Model.- Pooling Time-Series of Cross-Section Data.- Limited Dependent Variables.- Time-Series Analysis.

Fields of interestEconometrics; Statistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science, Education, Public Policy, and Law; Game Theory/Mathematical Methods

Target groupsGraduate

M. Horniacek, Comenius University in Bratislava, Slovakia

Cooperation and Efficiency in Markets

The book deals with collusion between firms on both sides of a market that is immune to deviations by coalitions. We study this issue using an infi-nitely countably repeated game with discounting of future single period payoffs. A strict strong perfect equilibrium is the main solution concept that we apply. It requires that no coalition of players in no subgame can weakly Pareto improve the vector of continuation average discounted payoffs of its members by a deviation. If the sum of firms’ average discounted profits is maximized along the equilibrium path then the equilibrium output of each type of good is produced with the lowest possible costs. If, in addition, all buyers are retailers (i.e., they resell the goods purchased in the analyzed market in a retail market) then the equilibrium vector of the quantities sold in the retail market is sold with the lowest possible selling costs. We specify sufficient conditions under which collusion increases consumer welfare.

Features7 The unified analysis of existence and efficiency properties of equilibria provides justification for economic policy reforms 7 The analysis of cooperative managerial capitalism is interesting for economic historians 7 The analysis of inter-firm cooperation without long term contracts is appli-cable in  management and business law

ContentsIntroduction.- Model.- Existence of an SRPE and an SSPE.- Efficiency of an SRPE and an SSPE.- Afterword.

Fields of interestGame Theory/Mathematical Methods; Industrial Organization; Economic Policy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. X, 100 p. 10 illus. Hardcover

7 $119.00ISBN 978-4-431-53929-2

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

5th ed. 2011. XVI, 410 p. Softcover

7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-3-642-20058-8

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 170 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, Volume 649) Softcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19762-8

Page 29: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 19Springer News 4/2011 Economics

S. Nahmias, Santa Clara University, Santa Clara, CA, USA

Perishable Inventory SystemsA perishable item is one that has constant utility up until an expiration date (which may be known or uncertain), at which point the utility drops to zero. This includes many types of packaged foods such as milk, cheese, processed meats, and canned goods. It also includes virtually all pharmaceuti-cals and photographic film, as well as whole blood supplies. This book is the first devoted solely to perishable inventory systems. The book’s ten chapters first cover the preliminaries of periodic review versus continuous review and look at a one-period newsvendor perishable inventory model.  The author moves to the basic multiperiod dynamic model, and then considers the extensions of random lifetime, inclusion of a set-up cost, and multiproduct models of perishables.  A chapter on continuous review models looks at one-for-one policies, models with zero lead time, optimal policies with positive lead time, and an alternative approach.  Additional chapters present material on approximate order policies, inventory depletion management, and deterministic models, including the basic EOQ model with perishability and the dynamic deterministic model with perishability. Finally, chapters explore decaying inventories, queues with impatient customers, and blood bank inventory control.Anyone researching perishable inventory systems will find much to work with here.  Practitioners and consultants will also now have a single well-referenced source of up-to-date information to work with.

Features7 First book devoted solely to perishable inven-tory systems 7 Reviews all existing research and models 7 Important springboard for new research

ContentsChapter 1. Preliminaries.- Chapter 2. The Basic Multiperiod Dynamic Model.- Chapter 3. Exten-sions of the Basic Multiperiod Dynamic Model.- Chapter 4. Continuous Review Perishable Inventory Models.- Chapter 5. Approximate Order Policies.

Field of interestOperations Research/Decision Theory

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

T. Ritchey, Ritchey Consulting AB/Swedish Morphological Society, Vällingby, Sweden

Wicked Problems – Social MessesDecision Support Modelling with Morphological Analysis

This is the first dedicated book to be published on computer-aided General Morphological Analysis (GMA) as a non-quantified modelling method. It presents the history and theory of GMA and describes how it is used to develop interactive, non-quantified inference models. Eleven case studies are presented out of more than 100 projects carried out since 1995, illustrating how GMA has been employed for structuring complex policy and planning issues, developing scenario and strategy laboratories, and analysing organisational and stakeholder structures. Also discussed are the concepts of “wicked problems” and “social messes”, their characteristics and treatment, and problems concerning the facilitation of morphological analysis workshops.

Features7 First dedicated book to treat Computer-aided General Morphological Analysis (GMA) 7 Written by its developer and foremost practi-tioner 7 Detailed discussion on the difference between risk and (genuine) uncertainty 7 Detailed description of how to plan and facilitate morpho-logical analysis workshops 7 Eleven unique case studies of the application of GMA

ContentsIntroduction.- General Morphological Analysis (GMA).- Wicked Problems and Genuine Uncer-tainty.- Modelling Complex Policy Issues with Morphological Analysis.- Strengths, Limitations and Advanced Topics.- On the Formal Proper-ties of Morphological Models.- Facilitating GMA Workshops.- GMA Case Studies.- About Fritz Zwicky.- Glossary.- References and Further Reading.

Fields of interestTechnology Management; Methodology of the Social Sciences; Operations Research/Decision Theory

Target groupsResearch

F. Schuman, Robert Schuman Foundation, Paris (Ed.)

Schuman Report on Europe 2011State of the Union

The Schuman report 2011 on European union is both a reference and a tool on European affairs: A reference book: gathering contributions from best experts, it helps the readers to build their own point of view on key issues: European politics, State of the economies in the current crisis, Europe in the world and challenges on international secu-rity. A tool book: with around 30 original maps, it gathers a full set of key information: Synthesis of political life in Europe, Key figures on Europe, with comments and analysis.

Features7 A reference tool with around 30 original maps 7 A summary of political life in Europe in 2011 7 Key figures on Europe with comments and analysis 7 Written by the best experts on European affairs

Fields of interestEconomic Policy; European Integration; Financial Economics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XII, 98 p. 3 illus. (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Volume 160) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00ISBN 978-1-4419-7998-8

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 90 p. 40 illus. (Risk, Governance and Society, Volume 17) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19652-2

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. IV, 196 p. 32 illus. in color. Softcover

7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-2-8178-0221-3

Page 30: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline20 Springer News 4/2011Economics

A. van de Heetkamp, West Sacramento, CA, USA; R. Tusveld, PwC, Rotterdam, Netherlands

Origin ManagementRules of Origin in Free Trade Agreements

Origin Management describes a holistic approach that allows internationally operating companies to benefit from reduced import duty rates within Free Trade Agreements (FTAs). Through the creation of a single, auditable, and global platform, compa-nies are enabled to successfully claim preferential origin and sustain, review and audit preferential treatment claims. Seeking to provide a comprehen-sive treatment of origin management for a profes-sional audience, this book outlines the underlying theoretical concepts and legislative frameworks, and presents practical implications and guidelines for a successful origin management program as part of a strategic sourcing initiative. The authors advocate an approach that involves sharing and distributing information and resources throughout the company and the supply chain, resulting in competitive advantages, synergies, and a central information point for all origin associated issues.

Features7 Approaches the topic from a practical perspec-tive, providing the relevant theoretical backdrop yet allowing a practical understanding of how to benefit from FTAs 7 Relevant to both practitio-ners and students - provides enough theory and practice combined to use the book in multiple settings 7 Supporting graphs, stats, legal frame-work, and examples

From the contentsPreface.- Part I: Theory, Background, and Legisla-tion.- 1 Setting the Stage for World Trade.- 2 Type of Trade Agreements.- 3 Free Trade Agreements - Numbers and Background.- 4 The Content of the FTA Text and Its Range.- 5 (Rules of) Origin.-  Part II: Practice and Working with the Require-ments.- 6 Sustaining Origin Claims.- 7 Solicita-tion - Vendor Outreach.- 8 Associated Programs.- 10 Legal Matters - Binding Origin Rulings and Court Cases.

Fields of interestInternational Economics; International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law; Procurement

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

G. Voigt, Otto-von-Guericke University Magdeburg, Germany

Supply Chain Coordination in Case of Asymmetric InformationInformation Sharing and Contracting in a Just-in-Time environment.

Information sharing is frequently promoted as a mean to improve the supply chain perfor-mance. This work shows the results of behavioral experiments, in which the participants share private information in order to influence the contract terms in a Just-in-Time environment. It is shown that the impact of information sharing is ambiguous, and dependent on several factors, such as contract flexibility and complexity or the interacting behavioral types. The experimental results form the basis for a behavioral principal-agent model that gives valuable insights on how the interaction of trust, trustworthiness and the information sharing strategy impacts the supply chain performance.

Features7 Managerial insights on the impact of informa-tion sharing and contract complexity 7 The interaction between trust, trustworthiness and information sharing strategies 7 Setup cost reduction in case of asymmetric information in a Just-in-Time environment on the supply chain performance

From the contentsIntroduction.- Supply chain coordination in case of asymmetric information.- On the impact of fixed cost reduction in the strategic lotsizing framework.- The impact of information sharing on the effectiveness of screening contracts: A first laboratory experiment.- The impact of contract complexity, supply chain configuration, and out-of-equilibrium behavior on the effectiveness of infor-mation sharing: A second laboratory experiment.

Fields of interestProduction/Logistics; Economics/Management Science, general

Target groupsGraduate

A. Wittmer, T. Bieger, R. Müller, University of St. Gallen, St. Gallen, Switzerland (Eds.)

Aviation SystemsManagement of the Integrated Aviation Value Chain

This book aims to provide comprehensive coverage of the field of air transportation, giving attention to all major aspects, such as aviation regulation, economics, management and strategy. The book approaches aviation as an interrelated economic system and in so doing presents the “big picture” of aviation in the market economy. It explains the linkages between domains such as politics, society, technology, economy, ecology, regulation and how these influence each other. Examples of airports and airlines, and case studies in each chapter support the application-oriented approach. Students and researchers in business administra-tion with a focus on the aviation industry, as well as professionals in the industry looking to refresh or broaden their knowledge of the field will benefit from this book.

Features7 The only book which shows the big picture of aviation from an economic, managerial and political point of view 7 Excellent book to gain a first overview of the business and economics of aviation 7 Enables practitioners to comprehend the linkages of the aviation system

ContentsPreface.- 1 Management Summary.- 2 Funda-mentals and Structure of Aviation Systems.- 3 The Environment of Aviation.- Part I: The Supply Side of Aviation.- 4 From the Aviation Value Chain to the Aviation System.- 5 Airline Strategy from Network Management to Business Models.- 6 Managing Airport Infrastructure.- Part II: The Demand Side of Aviation.- 7 Marketing in Avia-tion.- 8 Passenger Behavior.- 9 Risk, Safety and Security.- Part III: Steering and Controlling the System of Aviation.- 10 Aviation Governance.- 11 Risk Management in Aviation.- 12 Authorities and Regulation in Aviation.

Fields of interestEconomic Systems; Technology Management; Aerospace Technology and Astronautics

Target groupsGraduate

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 230 p. 15 illus., 5 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-19807-6

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 238 p. 58 illus. (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, Volume 650) Softcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-20131-8

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 308 p. 62 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-20079-3

Page 31: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 21Springer News 4/2011 Education

J. Allen, R. van der Velden, Research Centre for Education and the Labour Market, Maastricht, The Netherlands (Eds.)

The Flexible Professional in the Knowledge SocietyNew Challenges for Higher Education

Higher education policy has increasingly gained a European dimension, with its own distinct influ-ence over national education policies. Against this background, a major project was launched, the REFLEX project, which aims to make a contribu-tion to assessing the demands that the modern knowledge society places on higher education graduates, and the degree to which higher educa-tion institutions in Europe are up to the task of equipping graduates with the competencies needed to meet these demands. The project also looks at how the demands, and graduates’ ability to realise them, is influenced by the way in which work is organised in firms and organisations. The REFLEX project has been carried out in sixteen different countries and consisted of a large scale survey among some 70.000 graduates. This report presents the major findings and draws important policy implications.

Features7 More actual information on higher educa-tion and work than any other data set at present 7 Indispensable for policy makers who want to learn how higher education should prepare for the knowledge society 7 Helps graduates prepare for the world of tomorrow

Fields of interestHigher Education; International and Comparative Education; Sociology of Education

Target groupsResearch

R. Calvo, S. K. D'Mello (Eds.)

Affective ProspectingNew Perspectives on Affect and Learning

This monograph integrates theoretical perspectives on affect and learning with recent research in affective computing with an emphasis on building new learning technologies. The “new perspectives” come from the intersection of several research themes: – Basic research on emotion, cognition, and moti-vation applied to learning environments – Pedagogical and motivational strategies that are sensitive to affective and cognitive processes – Multimodal Human Computer Interfaces, with a focus on affect recognition and synthesis – Recent advances in affect-sensitive Intelligent Tutoring Systems – Novel methodologies to investigate affect and learning – Neuroscience research on emotions and learning

Features7 Describes emerging technologies designed to develop learning environments capable of coordinating pedagogy and emotion 7 Uses affective technologies to explore the relation-ship between emotions and learning 7 Places the research in "real world" contexts such as the classroom, an exam, or a high stakes testing environment 7 Integrates theoretical perspec-tives on affect and learning with recent research in affective computing 7 Focuses on both methods and technologies that promote learning gains by responding to emotions

Fields of interestEducational Technology; Cognitive Psychology; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction

Target groupsResearch

L. Moos, Aarhus University, Copenhagen, Denmark; O. Johansson, Umeå University, Sweden; C. Day, University of Nottingham, UK (Eds.)

How School Principals Sustain Success over TimeInternational Perspectives

This work represents a publishing event in education research. Genuinely groundbreaking, it is the result of longitudinal research from five nations over five years. The authors set them-selves an unprecedented task: to analyze how it is that successful school principals sustain positive outcomes over a significant period of time. To find out, they initiated the International Successful School Principal Project (ISSPP) assembling 30 multinational case histories and numerous comparative analyses. In doing so, they recorded fresh perspectives on the influ-ence school principals can have on their schools, the quality of teaching in their classrooms, and student outcomes. Revisiting the subject schools in 2007, they found many principals still in place, having steered their organizations through various minefields of political, governance and educational reform. As the most penetrating longitudinal investigation of the subject, this research has unearthed fascinating new insights into school leadership that add real substance to the sum of our knowledge. It incorporates data from educa-tional systems in Australia, Denmark, Norway, Sweden, England and the USA.

Features7 Features detailed analysis of a five-year longi-tudinal study 7 Unique comparative analysis of findings from five educational systems: those of Australia, Denmark, Norway, Sweden, England, and New York State in the USA 7 Combines insights into contextual factors such as educational politics with findings on principals’ leadership actions and philosophies 7 Contains fresh conclu-sions on the work of successful principals over time

Fields of interestAdministration, Organization and Leadership; International and Comparative Education; Educational Policy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. X, 230 p. 100 illus. (Higher Education Dynamics, Volume 35) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1352-9

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 350 p. (Explorations in the Learning Sciences, Instructional Systems and Performance Technologies, Volume 3) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9624-4

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 200 p. (Studies in Educational Leadership, Volume 14) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1334-5

Page 32: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline22 Springer News 4/2011Education

P. Orlowski, University College of the Fraser Valley, Chilliwack, BC, Canada

Teaching About HegemonyRace, Class and Democracy in the 21st Century

Political progressives in Canada and the United States are deeply concerned by the manner in which their countries treat their poor. They are dismayed at the dismantling of the social welfare state, the weakening of public education systems and the grotesque and ever-growing inequality of wealth. To remedy this problem, citizens need to be more aware of how political ideology influ-ences attitudes and actions, and they need to better comprehend the effects of hegemonic discourses in the corporate media and school curriculum. This book informs educators how to develop context-specific pedagogy that will help achieve a more enlightened citizenry and, as a result, a stronger democracy. Teaching about Hegemony: Race, Class and Democracy in the 21st Century promotes a progressive agenda for teaching that is rooted in critical pedagogy, it explains why ideological critique is necessary in raising political consciousness, it deconstructs white, middle-class hegemony in the formal school curriculum, and it examines corporate media and school curriculum as hegemonic devices. It also covers recent theory and research about race, class and democracy and how best to teach about these topics. Combining theory and sociological research with pedagogical approaches and classroom narratives, this book is fundamental for progressive educators interested in developing a politically conscious, progressive and active citizenry hungry for a stronger civil society.

Features7 Deconstructs white, middle-class hegemony in the formal school curriculum Examines corpo-rate media and school curriculum as hegemonic devices 7 Discusses the effects of omission as a hegemonic strategy on oppressed groups and our civil society 7 Combines theory and sociological research with pedagogical approaches and narra-tives from the classroom

Fields of interestSociology of Education; Educational Policy

Target groupsResearch

L. Scanlon, Faculty of Education and Social Work, University of Sydney, NSW, Australia (Ed.)

“Becoming” a Professionalan Interdisciplinary Analysis of Professional Learning

This book is founded on the idea that ‘becoming’ is the most useful defining concept for a new ‘professional’ class whose members understand that development in their working lives is an open-ended, lifelong process of refinement and learning. In a world where being a ‘professional’ is an increasingly indistinct notion and where better education and technology are challenging ‘professional’ norms, it is imperative that we no longer think in terms of an exclusive, ‘Anglo-American’, knowledge-rich class of workers. Exploring the implications of this insight for professions including nursing, teaching, social work, engineering and the clergy, this volume aims to encourage informed debate on what it means to be a ‘professional’ in this globalised 21st century. The book argues that ‘becoming’ a professional is a lifelong process in which individual professional identities are constructed through formal educa-tion, workplace interactions and popular culture. The book advocates the ‘ongoingness’ of developing a professional self throughout one’s professional life.

Features7 Posits ‘becoming’ as a theory of emergent, iterative professional identity formation 7 Defines ‘becoming’ as a metaphor for learning 7 Advocates an interdisciplinary, international approach to ‘becoming’ 7 Positions ‘becoming’ within an extensive, multidisciplinary review of the literature 7 Explores ‘becoming’ in today’s globalised world where professional status is consistently challenged 7 Examines the role of popular culture in forming professional identity as well as societal expecta-tions of professionals

Fields of interestLifelong Learning/Adult Education; Higher Educa-tion; Professional and Vocational Education

Target groupsResearch

T. Townsend, University of Glasgow, School of Education, United Kingdom; J. MacBeath, University of Cambridge, Faculty of Education, United Kingdom (Eds.)

International Handbook of Leadership for Learning

The International Handbook of Leadership for Learning brings together chapters by distinguished authors from thirty-one countries in nine different regions of the world. The handbook contains nine sections that provide regional overviews; a consid-eration of theoretical and contextual aspects; system and policy approaches that promote leadership for learning with a focus on educating school leaders for learning and the role of the leader in supporting learning. It also considers the challenge of educating current leaders for this new perspective, and how leaders themselves can develop leadership for learning in others and in their organisations, especially in diverse contexts and situations. The final chapter considers what we now know about leadership for learning and looks at ways this might be further improved in the future. The book provides the reader with an understanding of the rich contextual nature of learning in schools and the role of school leaders and leadership development in promoting this.

Features7 Has 66 chapters from 31 countries around the world 7 Provides the first in-depth analysis of the concept ‘leadership for learning’ 7 Analyses the differences between other common terms such as ‘instructional leadership’ and ‘leadership for learning’ 7 Provides an understanding of the similarities and differences facing school leaders in different countries and contexts 7 Provides an analysis of the problems leaders are facing when they are expected to broaden the range of learning experiences and outcomes, but when success is judged by performance on a narrow range of outcomes

Fields of interestInternational and Comparative Education; Admin-istration, Organization and Leadership; Learning and Instruction

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 250 p. (Explorations of Educational Purpose, Volume 17) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1417-5

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 200 p. (Lifelong Learning Book Series, Volume 16) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1377-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 1100 p. (Springer International Handbooks of Education, Volume 25) Hardcover

7 approx. $679.00ISBN 978-94-007-1349-9

Page 33: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 23Springer News 4/2011 Education

R. E. White, Faculty of Education, St. Francis Xavier University, Antigonish, Nova Scotia, Canada; K. Cooper, OISE, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada (Eds.)

Principals in SuccessionTransfer and Rotation in Educational Administration

Contributors to this volume examine structures and processes that school boards have in place directly relating to the process of principal or vice-principal succession. As well, they consider the effect that these structures and processes have upon staff and administrators themselves. These contributors investigate policies, procedures and practices that school boards employ in terms of leadership succession, and explore implica-tions of these constructs for the sustainability of school improvement. This volume presents an overview of the process of principal or vice-principal succession, descriptions of school district practices surrounding this process and discus-sions regarding how succession procedures affect individuals and groups of individuals. This volume also highlights those board policies that incorpo-rate practices used to develop models that support and allow administrators to succeed. It articulates how school leaders and staff members deal with change and improvement efforts in successive schools, as well as how board policies and practices support principals and vice-principals at any stage in the succession process. This volume is useful as a reference guide relating to transfer and rotation procedures in school systems across the nation.

Features7 Profiles succession, transfer and rotation events, relevant to local and national contexts 7 Explores different forms of knowledge in a variety of contexts during succession events 7 Informs the experience of evaluating, revising and improving succession strategies 7 Deepens understanding of intended and unintended consequences of policies at all levels 7 Proposes a more holistic approach to the process of succession than in the past

Fields of interestAdministration, Organization and Leadership; Educational Policy; Educational Philosophy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 175 p. (Studies in Educational Leadership, Tentative volume 13) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1274-4

Page 34: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline24 Springer News 4/2011Energy

A. Dorsman, VU University, Amsterdam, Netherlands; W. Westerman, University of Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands; M. B. Karan, Ö. Arslan, Hacettepe University, Ankara, Turkey (Eds.)

Financial Aspects in EnergyA European Perspective

Energy production and supply, as well as sourcing and consumption, are becoming evermore impor-tant in a volatile world. In this book, attention is paid to prevalent energy issues from a finance perspective. The topics discussed cover markets, prices, regulations and firms. An international group of authors from both academia and energy practice provides in twelve chapters a state of the art of the energy markets in a finance environment. They do so by discussing the current knowledge and presenting empirical research in this quickly changing and developing field. This book is the first in a planned series on energy at a high scien-tific level organized by the Centre for Energy and Value Issues (CEVI).

Features7 Combines energy economics, energy finance and energy policy issues 7 Contributions by scholars from all over the world 7 European focus 7 Multi-disciplinary approach

ContentsIntroduction: 1 Financial Aspects in Energy: The European Perspective.- Markets: 2 The Develop-ment of Energy Markets in Europe.- 3 Renew-ables in the Energy Market.- 4 The CO2 -Trading Market in Europe.- Prices: 5 Market Efficiency in a Changing Energy Environment.- 6 The Price Forming Process in Energy Markets.- 7 The Elec-tricity Market, Day Ahead Market and Futures.- Regulations: The Disintegration of the Concept of Sovereignity and the Energy Sector in Europe.- 9 The EU Energy Policy After the Lisbon Treaty.- 10 The Developments of the European Electricity Market in a Juridical no Man’s Land.- Firms: Value Creation with Wood-Based Energy Sources.- 12 Tackling With Natural Monopoly in Electricity and Natural Gas Markets

Fields of interestEnergy Policy, Economics and Management; Financial Economics

Target groupsResearch

T. K. Ghosh, M. Prelas, University of Missouri, Columbia, MI, USA

Energy Resources and SystemsVolume 2: Renewable Resources

This second volume of Energy Resources and Systems is focused on renewable energy resources. Renewable energy mainly comes from wind, solar, hydropower, geothermal, ocean, bioenergy, ethanol and hydrogen. Each of these energy resources is important and growing. For example, high-head hydroelectric energy is a well established energy resource and already contributes about 20% of the world’s electricity. Some countries have significant high-head resources and produce the bulk of their electrical power by this method. However, the bulk of the world’s high-head hydroelectric resources have not been exploited, particularly by the underdeveloped countries. Low-head hydroelec-tric is unexploited and has the potential to be a growth area. Wind energy is the fastest growing of the renewable energy resources for the electricity generation. Solar energy is a popular renewable energy resource. Geothermal energy is viable near volcanic areas. Bioenergy and ethanol have grown in recent years primarily due to changes in public policy meant to encourage its usage. Energy policies stimulated the growth of ethanol, for example, with the unintended side effect of rise in food prices. Hydrogen has been pushed as a transportation fuel. The authors want to provide a comprehensive series of texts on the interlinking of the nature of energy resources, the systems that utilize them, the environmental effects, the socioeconomic impact, the political aspects and governing policies. Volume 1 on Fundamentals and Non Renewable Resources was published in 2009. It blends fundamental concepts with an understanding of the non-renewable resources that dominate today’s society.

Features7 Exhaustive treatment of subject 7 Hot topic 7 Companion volume to earlier volume

Fields of interestEnergy Policy, Economics and Management; Renewable and Green Energy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 250 p. 20 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19708-6

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 810 p. 40 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 $279.00ISBN 978-94-007-1401-4

Page 35: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 25Springer News 4/2011 Engineering

D. Annaratone, Milano, Italy

Transient Heat TransferThis book presents a new and direct computational method for transient heat transfer. The approach uses the well-known dimensionless Biot number and a second dimensionless number introduced by the author. The methodology allows for a transient heat transfer calculations without using finite difference programs. The book presents many examples and various tables demonstrating the potential of this new methodology. Many diagrams illustrate the physical phenomena.

Features7 Presents a new and direct computational method for transient heat transfer 7 Includes many examples and various tables

ContentsIntroduction.- General Law of Thermal Conduc-tion.- Heat Diffusion in a Plate of Infinite Thick-ness.- Heat Diffusion in a Plate of Finite Thick-ness.- Plate immersed in Fluid.- Plate Heated or Cooled on one Side.- Tube Heated or Cooled on Outside Surface.- Plate Radiated on Both Sides.- Plate Radiated on One Side.- Transient Heat Transfer through a Plane Wall.- Transient Heat Transfer through a Curved Wall (tube).

Fields of interestEngineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer; Engineering Fluid Dynamics

Target groupsResearch

S. I. Ao, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China; L. Gelman, Cranfield University, Cranfield, United Kingdom (Eds.)

Electrical Engineering and Applied Computing

A large international conference in Electrical Engineering and Applied Computing was just held in London, 30 June – 2 July, 2010. This volume will contain revised and extended research articles written by prominent researchers participating in the conference. Topics covered include Control Engineering, Network Management, Wireless Networks, Biotechnology, Signal Processing, Computational Intelligence, Data Mining, Computational Statistics, Internet Computing, High Performance Computing, and industrial applications. The book will offer the states of arts of tremendous advances in electrical engineering and applied computing and also serve as an excel-lent reference work for researchers and graduate students working on electrical engineering and applied computing

Features7 Excellent reference for general Electrical Engineering and Computing topics 7 Gives comprehensive overview of multidiscipline topics 7 Contains revised and extended research articles written by prominent researchers participating in the conference

From the contents1. Mathematical Modelling for Coal Fired Super-critical Power Plants and Model Parameter Identi-fication Using Genetic Algorithms.- 2. Sequential State Computation Using Discrete Modeling.- 3. Detection and Location of Acoustic and Electrical Signals from Partial Discharges with an Adapta-tive Wavelet-filter Denoising.- 4. Study on a Wind Turbine in Hybrid Connection with an Energy Storage System.- 5. Sar Values in a Homogenous Human Head Model.

Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-tion; Software Engineering/Programming and Operating Systems; Computer Systems Organiza-tion and Communication Networks

Target groupsResearch

J. Arnould, Centre National d'Etudes Spatiales, Paris, France

Icarus’ Second ChanceThe Basis and Perspectives of Space Ethics

2011: fifty years separate us from the flight of Yuri Gagarine. Fifty years of extraordinary successes, with the kind of apotheosis represented by the first man on the moon; fifty years also of bitter failures, even tragic when they involved the deaths of human beings; finally, fifty years during which space largely contributed to the scientific and technical, political and economic, cultural and social transformation of humanity. This is a critical analysis of the decisions and the actions which constituted and constitute still the field of astronautic activities, to analyze this field’s strate-gies and choices, their consequences on the natural environment and on humans, in short to work out and apply an ethical investigation. This work is the fruit of research carried out by the French Centre national d’etudes spatiales during the ten last years, in collaboration with many organziaton, astronau-tical or not: ESA, NASA and especially ESPI.

Features7 Historical, technical and philosophical over-view of the emerging domain of ethics in space activities 7 A critical analysis on the decisions and the actions which constituted and constitute still the field of the astronautics activities 7 Consequences of aeronautical activities on natural environment and human

ContentsIs the sky open to us?.- A brief history of space ethics.- Icarus.- Cloud riders.- The spaceship earth.- A threatening sky.- The greater earth.- Exploration.- Invaders.- The place of humans

Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; R & D/Technology Policy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 80 p. 18 illus. (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology, Tentative volume 3) Softcover

7 $49.95ISBN 978-3-642-19776-5

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. VI, 739 p. 258 illus. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering, Volume 90) Hardcover

7 $279.00ISBN 978-94-007-1191-4

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 250 p. (Studies in Space Policy, Volume 6) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0711-9

Page 36: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline26 Springer News 4/2011Engineering

B. G. Batchelor, Cardiff University, Cardiff, UK (Ed.)

Machine Vision HandbookThe automation of visual inspection is becoming more and more important in modern industry as a consistent, reliable means of judging the quality of raw materials and manufactured goods . The Machine Vision Handbook  equips the reader with the practical details required to engineer integrated mechanical-optical-electronic-software systems. Machine vision is first set in the context of basic information on light, natural vision, colour sensing and optics.

Features7 Comprehensive coverage: from basic optics to image capture and processing allows the reader to design and implement a practical and reliable machine vision system 7 Image library of 200 sample images showing the power of the various methods of image acquisition and helping the reader to choose the most appropriate

Fields of interestElectrical Engineering; Image Processing and Computer Vision; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

T. Bauer, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt e. V., Stuttgart, Germany

ThermophotovoltaicsBasic Principles and Critical Aspects of System Design

Thermophotovoltaics is the science and technology associated with the direct generation of electricity from high temperature heat. Potential applica-tions include combined heat and power, portable and auxiliary power, radioisotope space power, industrial waste heat recovery and concentrated solar power. This book aims at serving as an introduction to the underlying theory, overview of present day components and system arrangements, and update of the latest developments in the field. The emphasis is placed on the understanding of the critical aspects of efficient thermophotovoltaic system design. The aim is to assist researchers in the field.

Features7 Book on the hot topic of alternative energy generation 7 Represents the state-of-the-art in thermovoltaics which is expected to become as important as photovoltaics 7 Deals with thermovoltaics, a method for direct generation of electric energy from heat 7 The basics are clearly explained 7 Applications like energy production from waste heat recovery and concentrated solare power are the main focus of this book 7 Appeals to researchers in thermovoltaics and engineers in alternative energy generation alike

ContentsIntroduction.- PART I: Radiators (Emitters).- Filters.- Photovoltaic Cells.- PART II: SYSTEMS.- Heat Transfer.- Cavity Design and Optical Control.- Competing Technologies.- Projected System Performances and Potential Applications.

Fields of interestPower Electronics, Electrical Machines and Networks; Thermodynamics; Renewable Energy Sources

Target groupsResearch

C. P. Bergmann, M. Jung de Andrade, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil (Eds.)

Nanostructured Materials for Engineering Applications

This book gives an introduction to nanostructured materials and guides the reader through their different engineering applications. It addresses the special phenomena and potentials involved in the applications without going into too much scientific detail of the physics and chemistry involved, which makes the reading interesting for beginners in the field. Materials for different applications in engineering are described, such as those used in opto-electronics, energy, tribology, bio-applications, catalysis, reinforcement and many more. In each application chapter, the reader will learn about the phenomena involved in the application, the nanostructured materials used in the field and their processing, besides finding some practical examples of their use in laboratories and in industry.The clear language and the application-oriented perspective of the book makes it suitable for both engineers and students who want to learn about applications of nanostructured materials in Engineering.

Features7 Comprehensive collection of nanomaterials applications 7 Useful for PhD students and advanced undergraduate students 7 Provides several practical applications of the theory with industrial point of view

Contents1 INTRODUCTION.- 2 NANOMATE-RIALS PROPERTIES.- 3 NANOMAGNETIC MATERIALS.- 4 OPTOELECTRONIC AND FERROELECTRIC APPLICATIONS.- 5 NANO-STRUCTURED MATERIALS FOR ENERGY APPLICATIONS.- 6 MATERIALS FOR BIO-APPLICATIONS.- 7 NANOMATERIALS AND CATALYSIS.- 8 NANOREINFORCEMENTS FOR NANOCOMPOSITE MATERIALS.

Fields of interestNanotechnology and Microengineering; Nano-technology; Industrial and Production Engi-neering

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

Print2011. XX, 1300 p. (In 4 volumes, not available separately) Hardcover

7 approx. $679.00ISBN 978-1-84996-168-4

eReference2011.

7 approx. $679.00ISBN 978-1-84996-169-1

Print + eReference2011. XX, 1300 p. (In 4 volumes, not available separately)

7 approx. $849.00ISBN 978-1-84996-170-7

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 200 p. 30 illus. (Green Energy and Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-19964-6

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 200 p. 47 illus., 7 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-19130-5

Page 37: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 27Springer News 4/2011 Engineering

D. Bühler, W. Minker, Institute of Information Technology, University of Ulm, Ulm, Germany

Domain-Level Reasoning for Spoken Dialogue Systems

Reasoning for Information: Seeking and Plan-ning Dialogues provides a logic-based reasoning component for spoken language dialogue systems. This component, called Problem Assistant is responsible for processing constraints on a possible solution obtained from various sources, namely user and the system’s domain-specific information. The authors also present findings on the imple-mentation of a dialogue management interface to the Problem Assistant. The dialogue system supports simple mixed-initiative planning interac-tions in the TRAINS domain, which is still a relatively complex domain involving a number of logical constraints and relations forming the basis for the collaborative problem-solving behavior that drives the dialogue.

Features7 Describes late-breaking research on next-gener-ation spoken dialogue systems 7 Investigates how spoken dialogue systems may be improved in terms of usability and user friendliness 7 Pres-ents novel methods for enabling spoken dialogue systems to construct and to manage complex tasks with different applications

Contents1: Introduction.- 2: Fundamentals of Dialogue Systems.- 3: First Order Logic.- 4: Logic Based Domain Modelling.- 5: Interactive Model Genera-tion.- 6: A Prototype Based on VoiceXML.- 7: Information State Based Dialogue Management.- 8: Revised Prototype and System Architecture.- 9: Conclusions and Future Directions

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Signal, Image and Speech Processing; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction

Target groupsResearch

M. Ceccarelli, University of Cassino, Italy (Ed.)

Technology Developments: the Role of Mechanism and Machine Science and IFToMM

This is the first book of a series that will focus on MMS (Mechanism and Machine Science). This book also presents IFToMM, the International Federation on the Promotion of MMS and its activity. This volume contains contributions by IFToMM officers who are Chairs of member organizations (MOs), permanent commissions (PCs), and technical committees (TCs), who have reported their experiences and views toward the future of IFToMM and MMS. The book is composed of three parts: the first with general considerations by high-standing IFToMM persons, the second chapter with views by the chairs of PCs and TCs as dealing with specific subject areas, and the third one with reports by the chairs of MOs as presenting experiences and challenges in national and territory communities. This book will be of interest to a wide public who wish to know the status and trends in MMS both at international level through IFToMM and in national/local frames through the leading actors of activities. In addition, the book can be considered also a fruitful source to find out “who’s who” in MMS, historical backgrounds and trends in MMS developments, as well as for challenges and problems in future activity by IFToMM community and in MMS at large.

Features7 Guide to IFToMM activities 7 Developments in MMS 7 Serves as handbook/state-of-the art in the role of the IFToMM in the field 

Fields of interestMechanical Engineering; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics; Industrial and Production Engineering

Target groupsResearch

P. D. Christofides, J. Liu, University of California, Los Angeles, USA; D. Muñoz de la Peña, Universidad de Sevilla, Sevilla, Spain

Networked and Distributed Predictive ControlMethods and Nonlinear Process Network Applications

Networked and Distributed Predictive Control presents rigorous, yet practical, methods for the design of networked and distributed predictive control systems – the first book to do so. The design of model predictive control systems using Lyapunov-based techniques accounting for the influence of asynchronous and delayed measure-ments is followed by a treatment of networked control architecture development. This shows how networked control can augment dedicated control systems in a natural way and takes advantage of additional, potentially asynchronous and delayed measurements to maintain closed loop stability and significantly to improve closed-loop perfor-mance. The text then shifts focus to the design of distributed predictive control systems that coop-erate efficiently in computing optimal manipulated input trajectories that achieve desired stability, performance and robustness specifications but spend a fraction of the time required by central-ized control systems.

Features7 Shows the reader the state of the art in networked and distributed predictive control 7 Demonstrates mathematically rigorous methods that take various practical issues explicitly into account 7 Provides the practising process engineer with many industrially inter-esting examples that can be easily modified to specific applications

Fields of interestControl; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engi-neering; Renewable and Green Energy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 195 p. 60 illus. Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9727-2

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 450 p. (Mechanisms and Machine Science, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-94-007-1299-7

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XXVI, 244 p. 86 illus., 65 in color. (Advances in Industrial Control, Tentative volume 2) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-0-85729-581-1

Page 38: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline28 Springer News 4/2011Engineering

M. Dörpinghaus, Institute for Theoretical Information Technology, RWTH Aachen, Aachen, Germany

On the Achievable Rate of Stationary Fading Channels

This volumes discusses various aspects regarding the capacity/achievable data rate of stationary Rayleigh fading channels. First, it analyses bounds on the achievable data rate with zero-mean proper Gaussian input symbols, which are capacity achieving in the coherent case, i.e., in case of perfect channel knowledge at the receiver. These bounds are tight in the sense that the difference between the upper and the lower bound is bounded for all SNRs. The lower bound converges to the coherent capacity for asymptoti-cally small channel dynamics. Furthermore, these bounds are extended to the case of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) channels and to the case of frequency selective channels. In a further part, the present work studies the achievable rate with receivers based on synchronized detection and a code-aided channel estimation. For a specific type of such a receiver an approximate upper bound on the achievable rate is derived. The comparison of this approximate upper bound and the achiev-able data rate with receivers using synchronized detection based on a solely pilot based channel estimation gives an approximate upper bound on the possible gain by using this kind of code-aided channel estimation in comparison to the conven-tional receiver using a solely pilot based channel estimation.

Features7 Helps readers to learn, understand, and apply some fundamental concepts of information and communication theory 7 Analyses the possible performance gain in stationary Rayleigh fading channels for mobile communication systems 7 Examines mutual information between trans-mitter and receiver for a given discrete signaling set

Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Coding and Information Theory; Computational Science and Engineering

Target groupsResearch

G. Dougherty, California State University Channel Islands, Camarillo, California, USA (Ed.)

Medical Image ProcessingTechniques and Applications

The book is designed for end users in the field of digital imaging, who wish to update their skills and understanding with the latest techniques in image analysis. The book emphasizes the conceptual framework of image analysis and the effective use of image processing tools. It uses applications in a variety of fields to demonstrate and consolidate both specific and general concepts, and to build intuition, insight and understanding. Although the chapters are essentially self-contained they reference other chapters to form an integrated whole. Each chapter employs a pedagog-ical approach to ensure conceptual learning before introducing specific techniques and “tricks of the trade”. The book concentrates on a number of current research applications, and will present a detailed approach to each while emphasizing the applica-bility of techniques to other problems. The field of topics is wide, ranging from compressive (non-uniform) sampling in MRI, through automated retinal vessel analysis to 3-D ultrasound imaging and more. The book is amply illustrated with figures and applicable medical images. The reader will learn the techniques which experts in the field are currently employing and testing to solve particular research problems, and how they may be applied to other problems.

Features7 Comprises topical, state-of-the-art applications in image analysis 7 A practical, hands-on treat-ment of current research problems 7 Integrated, pedagogically sound approach that emphasizes conceptual understanding 7 Each chapter starts with an overview of the material covered and a list of the specific knowledge and skills to be acquired 7 Amply illustrated by figures and images

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Biophysics and Biological Physics; Diagnostic Radiology

Target groupsResearch

B. C. Gegg, Dynacon Inc., Bryan, TX, USA; C. S. Suh, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA; A. C. Luo, Southern Illinois University, Edwardsville, IL, USA

Machine Tool Vibrations and Cutting Dynamics

“Machine Tool Vibrations and Cutting Dynamics” covers the fundamentals of cutting dynamics from the perspective of discontinuous systems theory. It shows the reader how to use coupling, interaction, and different cutting states to mitigate machining instability and enable better machine tool design. Among the topics discussed are; underlying dynamics of cutting and interruptions in cutting motions; the operation of the machine-tool systems over a broad range of operating condi-tions with minimal vibration and the need for high precision, high yield micro- and nano-machining.

Features7 Presents the underlying dynamics of cutting and interruptions in cutting motions 7 Demon-strates the operation of the machine-tool systems over a broad range of operating conditions with minimal vibration; such as, high speed operation to achieve high quality finish of the machined surface 7 Shows how to increase the rate of production to maximize profit and minimize oper-ating and maintenance costs

ContentsIntroduction: The Machining Problem.- Discon-tinuous System Theory.- Frictional-Induced Oscil-lators.- Cutting Dynamics Mechanisms.- Regular and Chaotic Motions in Cutting Processes.- Appendices.

Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-tion; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Nanotech-nology and Microengineering

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 320 p. (Foundations in Signal Processing, Communications and Networking, Tentative volume 6) Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19779-6

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 350 p. 165 illus., 55 in color. (Biological and Medical Physics, Biomedical Engineering, Volume) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9769-2

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. X, 190 p. 30 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9800-2

Page 39: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 29Springer News 4/2011 Engineering

D. Gross, T. Seelig, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany

Fracture MechanicsWith an Introduction to Micromechanics

Concerned with the fundamental concepts and methods of fracture mechanics and microme-chanics, Fracture Mechanics primarily focuses on the mechanical description of the fracture process; however, material specific aspects are also discussed. The presentation of continuum mechanical and phenomenological foundations is followed by an introduction into classical failure hypotheses. A major part of the book is devoted to linear elastic and elastic-plastic fracture mechanics. Further subjects are creep fracture, dynamic fracture mechanics, damage mechanics, probabi-listic fracture mechanics, failure of thin films and fracture of piezoelectric materials. The book also contains an extensive introduction into microme-chanics. Self-contained and well-illustrated, this text serves as a graduate-level text and reference.

Features7 Self-contained and well illustrated 7 Complete and comprehensive derivation of mechanical/mathematical results with emphasis on issues of practical importance 7 Combines classical subjects of fracture mechanics with modern topics such as microheterogeneous mate-rials, piezoelectric materials, thin films, damage Mechanically and mathematically clear and complete derivations of results

ContentsElements of solid mechanics.- Classical failure hypotheses.- Micro and macro phenomena of frac-ture.- Linear fracture mechanics.- Elastic-plastic fracture mechanics.- Creep fracture.- Dynamic fracture mechanics.- Micromechanics and homog-enization.- Damage mechanics.- Probabilistic fracture mechanics.

Fields of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-rials; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials; Structural Mechanics

Target groupsGraduate

R. E. Gruhn, Harman/Becker Automotive Systems GmbH,Ulm, Germany; W. Minker, University of Ulm, Germany; S. Nakamura, ATR Spoken Language Communication Research Laboratories, Kyoto, Japan

Statistical Pronunciation Modeling for Non-Native Speech Processing

In this work, the authors present a fully statistical approach to model non--native speakers’ pronun-ciation. Second-language speakers pronounce words in multiple different ways compared to the native speakers. Those deviations, may it be phoneme substitutions, deletions or insertions, can be modelled automatically with the new method presented here. The methods is based on a discrete hidden Markov model as a word pronunciation model, initialized on a standard pronunciation dictionary. The implementation and functionality of the methodology has been proven and verified with a test set of non-native English in the regarding accent. The book is written for researchers with a professional interest in phonetics and automatic speech and speaker recognition.

Features7 Presents a new methodology for speech recog-nition of non-native speakers 7 Shows a proven and verified approach

ContentsIntroduction.- Automatic Speech Recognition.- Properties of Non-native Speech.- Pronunciation Variation Modeling in the Literature.- Non-native Speech Database.- Handling Non-native Speech.- Pronunciation HMMs.

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Language Translation and Linguistics; Phonology

Target groupsResearch

S. Häuplik-Meusburger, TU Vienna, Vienna, Austria

Architecture for AstronautsDesign-in-Use Study, Comparative Analysis and Evaluation of Human Activities

A habitat in outer space has to fulfill various specifications. With all very precise physiological, psychological, social and technological specifica-tions connected to limitations such as transport, a very tight framework for creativity of living and working spaces is created. This work presents the research results at the interface between people, Space and objects in an extra-terrestrial environ-ment. The evaluation of extra-terrestrial habitats in comparison to the user’s perspective leads to a new framework, comparing these buildings from the viewpoint of human activity. It can be used as reference or as conceptual framework for the purpose of evaluation. It also summarizes relevant human-related design directions for the activities. The work is addressed to architects and designers as well as engineers.

Features7 Presents the research results at the interface between people, Space and objects in an extra-terrestrial environment 7 Compares Space build-ings from the viewpoint of human activity 7 Summarized the relevant human-related design directions for every human activity

ContentsBackground.- General Characteristics of Extra-terrestrial Habitats.- Design-in-use study: Human Activities in Extra-terrestrial Habitats.- Conclu-sion and Research outlook.- Appendix.

Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Industrial Design; Industrial and Organisational Psychology

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2nd ed. 2011. 340 p. Hardcover

7 $109.00ISBN 978-3-642-19239-5

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 200 p. (Signals and Communication Technology) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19585-3

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 280 p. (Springer Praxis Books) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0666-2

Page 40: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline30 Springer News 4/2011Engineering

K. Ishibashi, Renesas Technology Corp., Tokyo, Japan; K. Osada, Hitachi Ltd., Tokyo, Japan (Eds.)

Low Power and Reliable SRAM Memory Cell and Array Design

Success in the development of recent advanced semiconductor device technologies is due to the success of SRAM memory cells. This book addresses various issues for designing SRAM memory cells for advanced CMOS technology. To study LSI design, SRAM cell design is the best materials subject because issues about variability, leakage and reliability have to be taken into account for the design.

Features7 Basic book on memory design 7 Combines the aspects of SRAM technique, analysis and design 7 A valuable reference work for researchers and engineers alike

ContentsPreface.- Introduction.- Fundamentals of SRAM Memory Cell.- Electrical Stability.- Sensitivity Analysis.- Memory Cell Design Technique for Low Power SOC.- Array Design Techniques.- Dummy Cell Design.- Reliable Memory Cell Design.- Future Technologies

Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-tion; Engineering, general

Target groupsResearch

J. Kappauf, B. Lauterbach, M. Koch, SAP AG, Walldorf, Germany

Logistic Core Operations with SAPInventory Management, Warehousing, Transportation

“Logistic Core Operations with SAP” not only provides an overview of core logistics processes and functionality—it also shows how SAP’s Busi-ness Suite covers logistic core operations, what features are supported, and which systems can be used to implement end-to-end processes in the following logistic core disciplines: Procurement, Distribution, Transportation, Warehouse Logistics and Inventory Management, and Compliance and Reporting. In this context the authors not only explain their integration, the organizational set-up, and master data, but also which solution fits best for a particular business need. This book serves as a solid foundation for understanding SAP software. No matter whether you are a student or a manager involved in an SAP implementation, the authors go far beyond traditional function and feature descriptions, helping you ask the right questions, providing answers, and making recommendations. The book assists you in understanding SAP termi-nology, concepts and technological components as well as their closed-loop integration. Written in a clear, straight-forward style and using practical examples, it contains valuable tips, illustrative screenshots and flowcharts, as well as best prac-tices—showing how business requirements are mapped into software functionality.

Features7 In-depth case studies for each core solution to find out how companies can improve business processes with SAP functionalities 7 Provides advice which application will best meet the logistic business requirements and specific logistic processes 7 Gives a detailed guide and complete overview of what SAP offers for logistic processes

Fields of interestEngineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Computer Applications; Management of Computing and Information Systems

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

C. R. McInnes, University of Glasgow, UK

Solar SailingTechnology, Dynamics and Mission Applications

Since the first edition of this text was published in 1999 and recognised as the definitive reference work on solar sailing, the field has moved on consider-ably. Therefore, in this timely second edition Colin McInnes presents in this comprehensive technical reference on the subject major revisions and an enlarged chapter on mission applications, based on work performed by the author under contract to the European Space Agency between 1999 and 2003. The text assesses the benefits of solar sailing and comes to the inescapable conclusion that it offers a diverse range of low-cost mission opportunities, many of which are impossible for any other type of conventional spacecraft. Introducing new ideas for solar sail orbits and mission applications since 1999, the author puts particular emphasis on solar sail orbital dynamics and includes a rigorous analysis of solar radiation pressure. The engineering design of solar sails is discussed in depth, along with practical mission applications.

Features7 The only book for students and scientists on solar sailing and its role in space exploration. 7 Details benefits to space agencies of low-cost missions which cannot be completed by conven-tional spacecraft 7 Provides detals of Mars, Venus and Mercury sample return missions which have a high priority within the science community through ESA/NASA 7 Provides high quality graphics, including 3-D renderings of solar sail concepts

Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Automo-tive Engineering

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 310 p. 100 illus. (Springer Series in Advanced Microelectronics, Volume 31) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-3-642-19567-9

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. Approx. 390 p. 60 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-18201-3

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

Originally published in the subseries “Springer Praxis Books Astrophyiscs”

2nd ed. 2011. Approx. 300 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Astronautical Engineering) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-540-25198-9

Page 41: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 31Springer News 4/2011 Engineering

Y. Ohama, Nihon University, Yokohama, Japan; D. Van Gemert, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium (Eds.)

Applications of Titanium Dioxide Photocatalysis to Construction MaterialsState-of-the-Art Report of the RILEM Technical Committee 194-TDP

Titanium dioxide photocatalysis is based on the semiconducting nature of its anatase crystal type. Construction materials with titanium photo-catalyst show performances of air purification, self-cleaning, water purification, antibacterial action. This book describes principles of titanium dioxide photocatalysis, its applications to cementitious and noncementitious materials, as well as an overview of standardization of testing methods.

Features7 Hot topic 7 Presents practical applications in building materials and civil engineering structures 7 Stresses environmental benefits of titanium dioxide photocatalysis as an element of sustainable construction development

ContentsAuthors and Acknowledgements.-  Preface; 1. Introduction, by Y. Ohama and D. Van Gemert.-  2. Principles of TiO2 photocatalysis, by M. Castellote and N. Bengtsson.-  3. Application of TiO2 photocatalysis to cementitious materials for self-cleaning purposes, by A. Maury and N. De Belie.-  4. Application of antibacterial and self-cleaning effects to noncementitious construction materials, by Y. Saeki.-  5. Applications of TiO2 photocatalysis for air purification, by A. Beeldens, L. Cassar and Y. Murata.- 6. Standardization of testing methods for construction materials with TiO2 photocatalyst, by K. Motohashi, F. Dehn and Y. Ohama.-  7. Conclusions, by Y. Ohama and D. Van Gemert.-  8. Reference list.

Fields of interestCivil Engineering; Nanotechnology; Applied and Technical Physics

Target groupsResearch

H. Pham, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ, USA (Ed.)

Safety and Risk Modeling and Its Applications

Safety and Risk Modeling presents the latest theories and methods of safety and risk with an emphasis on safety and risk in modeling. It covers applications in several areas including transpor-tations and security risk assessments, as well as applications related to current topics in safety and risk. Safety and Risk Modeling is a valuable resource for understanding the latest developments in both qualitative and quantitative methods of safety and risk analysis and their applications in operating environments. Each chapter has been written by active researchers or experienced practitioners to bridge the gap between theory and practice and to trigger new research challenges in safety and risk. Topics include: safety engineering, system maintenance, safety in design, failure analysis, and risk concept and modelling. Post-graduate students, researchers, and practitioners in many fields of engineering, operations research, management, and statistics will find Safety and Risk Modeling a state-of-the-art survey of reli-ability and quality in design and practice.

Features7 Provides the latest developments in both quali-tative and quantitative methods of safety and risk analysis 7 Includes safety and risk analysis appli-cations in operating environments 7 Written by an expert in reliability engineering

From the contents1. Reliability Modeling of Complex Systems.- 2. The Price of Safety and Economic Reliability.- 3. Reliability Analysis of Structures Under Hybrid Uncertainty.- 4. Maintenance and Warranty Concepts.- 5. Risk Analysis.- 6. Risk Importance Measures.- 7. Dependent Competing-Risk Degra-dation Systems.- 8. Risk and Design Management Based on Failure Mode.- 9. Risk-based Resource Allocation Models for Aviation Security.

Fields of interestQuality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Simu-lation and Modeling; Engineering Design

Target groupsResearch

S. Pollin, M. Timmers, L. Van der Perre, IMEC, Leuven, Belgium

Software Defined Radiosfrom Smart(er) to Cognitive

Many and ever more mobile users wish to enjoy a variety of multimedia services, in very diverse geographical environments. The growing number of communication options within and across wireless standards is accommodating the growing volume and heterogeneity in wireless wishes. On the other hand, advancement in radio technolo-gies opening much more flexibility, a.o. through Software Defined Radios, opens up the possibility to realize mobile devices featuring multi-mode options at low cost and interesting form factors. It is crucial to manage the new degrees of freedom opened up in radios and standards in a smart way, such that the required service is offered at satisfac-tory quality as efficiently as possible. Efficiency in energy consumption is clearly primordial for battery powered mobile terminals specifically, and in the context of growing ecological concerns in a broader context. Moreover, efficient usage of the spectrum is a growing prerequisite for wireless systems, and coexistence of different standards puts overall throughput at risk. The management of flexibility risks bringing about intolerable complexity and hamper the desired agility. A systematic approach, consisting of anticipative preparing for smooth operation, allows mastering this challenge. Case studies show that already today, this approach enables smart operation of radios realizing impressive efficiency gains without hampering Quality-of-Service. In the future wireless communication scenes will be able to profit form the opening of the spectrum.

Features7 Brings a concise overview of the recent back-ground and context of wireless standards 7 Specifically introduces opportunities and chal-lenges 7 Proposes a systematic approach 7 Demonstrates the application and benefits of this approach in recent systems, e.g. in WiFi 7 Shows the need and potential in future scenarios

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Solid State Physics

Target groupsResearchDiscount group

P

Due June 2011

2011. 70 p. (RILEM State-of-the-Art Reports, Volume 5) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-1296-6

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. XIV, 530 p. 157 illus., 2 in color. (Springer Series in Reliability Engineering) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-0-85729-469-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. VIII, 138 p. 55 illus. (Signals and Communication Technology) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-1277-5

Page 42: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline32 Springer News 4/2011Engineering

L. Pook, Sevenoaks, Kent, UK

Understanding PendulumsA Brief Introduction

Despite their apparent simplicity, the behaviour of pendulums can be remarkably complicated. Historically, pendulums for specific purposes have been developed using a combination of simplified theory and trial and error. There do not appear to be any introductory books on pendulums, written at an intermediate level, and covering a wide range of topics. This book aims to fill the gap. It is written for readers with some background in elementary geometry, algebra, trigonometry and calculus. Historical information, where available and useful for the understanding of various types of pendulum and their applications, is included. Perhaps the best known use of pendulums is as the basis of clocks in which a pendulum controls the rate at which the clock runs. Interest in theoretical and practical aspects of pendulums, as applied to clocks, goes back more than four centuries. The concept of simple pendulums, which are idealised versions of real pendulums is introduced. The application of pendulums to clocks is described, with detailed discussion of the effect of inevitable differences between real pendulums and simple pendulums. In a clock, the objective is to ensure that the pendulum controls the timekeeping. However, pendulums are sometimes driven, and how this affects their behaviour is described. Pendulums are sometimes used for occult purposes. It is possible to explain some apparently occult results by using modern pendulum theory. For example, why a ring suspended inside a wine glass, by a thread from a finger, eventually strikes the glass. Pendulums have a wide range of uses in scientific instruments, engineering, and entertain-ment. Some examples are given as case studies.

Features7 No competitive book available: there are no books treating this subject at this level 7 Subject of interest to wide readership 7 Accessible writing style

Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics; Physics, general; History of Science

Target groupsResearch

M. J. Silva, Washington University, St. Louis, MI, USA; X. E. Guo, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA (Eds.)

Skeletal Aging and OsteoporosisBiomechanics and Mechanobiology

The focus of this book is on mechanical aspects of skeletal fragility related to aging and osteoporosis. Topics include: Age-related changes in trabecular structure and strength; age-related changes in cortical material properties; age-related changes in whole-bone structure; predicting bone strength and fracture risk using image-based methods and finite element analysis; animal models of osteo-porosis and aging; age-related changes in skeletal mechano responsiveness; exercise and physical interventions for osteoporosis.

Features7 Presents multidisciplinary research reviews on bone mechanics and the skeletal fragility related to aging 7 For both, clinical and research profes-sionals.

ContentsAge-related changes in trabecular structure and strength.- Age-related changes in cortical material properties.- Age-related changes in whole-bone structure.- Predicting bone strength and fracture risk using image-based methods and finite element analysis.- Animal models of osteoporosis and aging.- Age-related changes in skeletal mechanore-sponsiveness.- Exercise and physical interventions for osteoporosis.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Biomaterials; Human Physiology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

A. Vajda, Oy L M Ericsson Ab, Jorvas, Finland

Programming Many-Core Chips

This book presents new concepts, techniques and promising programming models for designing software for chips with “many” (hundreds to thousands) processor cores. Given the scale of parallelism inherent to these chips, software designers face new challenges in terms of oper-ating systems, middleware and applications. This will serve as an invaluable, single-source reference to the state-of-the-art in programming many-core chips. Coverage includes many-core architectures, operating systems, middleware, and programming models.

Features7 Provides overview of various, existing homo-geneous/heterogeneous architectures, cache and memory structures, on-chip interconnects, etc. and explains why current programming models won’t scale when these architectures are scaled to meet the needs of hundreds and thousands of processor cores 7 Analyzes emerging hardware architec-tures and their benefits 7 Explains challenges and limitations faced by current operating systems and introduces novel solutions, e.g., to resource management and scheduling 7 Explains key concepts in many-core middleware, such as shared memory vs message passing approaches, data vs computation movement, and hint-based vs appli-cation driven assignment of tasks 7 Explores the most promising programming models, focusing on scalability

ContentsIntroduction.- Multi-core and Many-core Processor Architectures.- State of the Art Multi-core Operating Systems.- The Fundamental Laws of Parallelism.- Fundamentals of Parallel Program-ming.- Debugging and Performance Analysis of Many-core Programs.- Many-core Virtualization and Operating Systems.- Introduction to Program-ming Models.- Practical Many-core Program-ming.- Looking Ahead.- Index.

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-neering (CAD, CAE) and Design

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 250 p. (History of Mechanism and Machine Science, Volume 12) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1414-4

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 300 p. (Studies in Mechanobiology, Tissue Engineering and Biomaterials, Volume 5) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-18052-1

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. VI, 234 p. 43 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9738-8

Page 43: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 33Springer News 4/2011 Engineering

E. Verhulst, Open License Society, Leuven, Belgium; R. T. Boute, INTEC, Ghent, Belgium; J. M. Faria, B. H. Sputh, V. Mezhuyev, Open License Society, Leuven, Belgium

Formal Development of a Network-Centric RTOSSoftware Engineering for Reliable Embedded Systems

Many systems, devices and appliances used routinely in everyday life, ranging from cell phones to cars, contain significant amounts of software that is not directly visible to the user and is therefore called “embedded”. For coordinating the various software components and allowing them to communicate with each other, support software is needed, called an operating system (OS). Because embedded software must function in real time (RT), a RTOS is needed. This book describes a formally developed, network-centric Real-Time Operating System, OpenComRTOS. One of the first in its kind, OpenComRTOS was originally developed to verify the usefulness of formal methods in the context of embedded software engineering. Using the formal methods described in this book produces results that are more reliable and higher performance. This methodology is unique because it covers the full range of product development, from requirements and specifica-tions to the final execution platform. It is compat-ible with safety related engineering standards, such as IEC61508.

Features 7 Uses formal methods to develop Network-centric Real-time Operating Systems 7 Unified Semantics provides a solid base for model driven systems development and can be tuned to an application-specific, concurrent programming paradigm 7 Methods presented enable model-driven, high-reliability, high-performance software & systems engineering 7 Compatible with International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 61508, the standard governing functional safety of programmable electronic systems

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-neering (CAD, CAE) and Design

Target groupsResearch

B. Vogel, BUVOCON GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany

The Sound of SilenceLowest-Noise RIAA Phono-Amps: Designer’s Guide

There is a wide field of tasks left that can only be satisfyingly attacked with the help of old-fash-ioned analogue technology, and one of the most important are amplifiers for analogue signals. The strongly expanded content of the second edition of “the sound of silence” leads to affordable amplifier design approaches which will end up in lowest-noise solutions not far away from the edge of physical boundaries set by room temperature and given cartridges - thus, fully compatible with very expensive so called “high-end” or “state-of-the-art” offers on today markets - and, from a noise point of view in most cases outperforming them! With easy to follow mathematical treatment it is demonstrated as well that theory is not far away from reality. Measured SNs will be found within 1dB off the calculated ones and deviations from the exact amplifier transfer won’t cross the ± 0.1dB tolerance lines. Additionally, the book presents measurement set-ups and results. Consequently, comparisons with measurement results of test magazine will soon become easier to perform. This new edition includes a new chapters about reference levels, Noise in Amp Input sections, Humming Problems, and much more.

Features7 2nd very enlarged edition including 7 brand new chapters 7 Know How of Lowest-Noise Phono Amplifiers 7 Uniquely Models also Lowest-Noise Valve Amplifiers 7 Includes Low-Noise Amplifiers for Vinyl Records

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Acoustics; Circuits and Systems

Target groupsResearch

E. Wilde, UC Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, USA; C. Pautasso, University of Lugano, Switzerland (Eds.)

REST: From Research to Practice

This volume provides an overview and an understanding of REST (Representational State Transfer). Discussing the constraints of REST the book focuses on REST as a type of web architec-tural style. The focus is on applying REST beyond Web applications (i.e., in enterprise environments), and in reusing established and well-understood design patterns when doing so. The reader will be able to understand how RESTful systems can be designed and deployed, and what the results are in terms of benefits and challenges encountered in the process. Since REST is relatively new as an approach for designing Web Services, the more advanced part of the book collects a number of challenges to some of the assumptions and constraints of REST, and looks at current research work on how REST can be extended and applied to scenarios that often are considered not to be a good match for REST. This work will help readers to reach a deeper understanding of REST on a practical as well as on an advanced level.

Features7 Discusses results and challenges encountered in concrete projects using REST 7 Covers applica-tion scenarios best used for REST 7 Presents ongoing research activities regarding REST and around advancing REST

From the contentsIntroduction.- I. Foundations.- 1. The Essence of REST Architectural Style.- 2. REST and Web Services: in Theory and in Practice.- II. Design.- 3. Designing a RESTful Domain Application Protocol.- 4.Designing Hypermedia Engines.- 5. Beyond CRUD.- 6. Quantifying Integration Architectures.- 7. FOREST — An Interacting Object Web.- III. Development Frameworks.- 8. Hypermedia-Driven Framework for Scalable and Adaptive Application Sharing.

Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Infor-mation Systems and Communication Service; Software Engineering

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. X, 217 p. 54 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9735-7

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2nd ed. 2011. XII, 352 p. 240 illus., 30 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19773-4

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. XXX, 496 p. 158 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-1-4419-8302-2

Page 44: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline34 Springer News 4/2011Engineering

Q. J. Wang, Y. Chung, Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, USA (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of TribologyTRIBOLOGY – the study of friction, wear and lubrication – impacts almost every aspect of our daily lives. The Springer Encyclopedia of Tribology is an authoritative and comprehensive reference covering all major aspects of the science and engineering of tribology that would be relevant to researchers across all engineering industries and related scientific disciplines. This would be the first major reference that brings together the science, engineering and technological aspects of tribology of this breadth and scope in a single work.

Features7 Developed by authoritative experts in the field with guidance from an international panel of key researchers 7 Provides comprehensive and authorita-tive coverage of the field including latest developments in hot areas such as nanotribology and biotribology 7 Alphabetically-organized and well-structured entries with enhanced features for user-friendly searches

Fields of interestMechanical Engineering; Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings; Classical Continuum Physics

Target groupsResearch

L. Yarin, Technion, Haifa, Israel

The Pi-TheoremApplications to Fluid Mechanics and Heat and Mass Transfer

This volume presents applications of the Pi-Theorem to fluid mechanics and heat and mass transfer. The Pi-theorem yields a physical motiva-tion behind many flow processes and therefore it constitutes a valuable tool for the intelligent planning of experiments in fluids. After a short introduction to the underlying differential equa-tions and their treatments, the author presents many novel approaches how to use the Pi-theorem to understand fluid mechanical issues. The book is a great value to the fluid mechanics community, as it cuts across many subdisciplines of experimental fluid mechanics.

Features7 Cuts across many subdisciplines of experi-mental fluid mechanics to unify understanding 7 Yields a physical motivation behind many flow processes and serves as a tool for intelligent planning of experiments 7 Presents many novel approaches to using the Pi-theorem to understand fluid mechanical issues

ContentsBasics of the dimensional analysis.- Application of the Pi-theorem to establish self-similarity and reduce partial differential equations to the ordi-nary ones.- Drag force acting on a body moving in viscous fluid.- Laminar flows in channels and pipes.- Jet flows.- Heat and mass transfer.- Turbu-lence.- Combustion processes.

Fields of interestEngineering Fluid Dynamics; Fluid- and Aerody-namics; Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

Print2011. 1000 p. (In 4 volumes, not available separately)

7 approx. $1295.00ISBN 978-0-387-92896-8

eReference2011.

7 approx. $1295.00ISBN 978-0-387-92897-5

Print + eReference2011. 1000 p. (In 4 volumes, not available separately)

7 approx. $1600.00ISBN 978-0-387-92898-2

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 280 p. 25 illus. (Experimental Fluid Mechanics, Tentative volume 1) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-19564-8

Page 45: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 35Springer News 4/2011 Environmental Sciences

R. Burritt, School of Commerce, University of South Australia, Adelaide, SA, Australia; S. Schaltegger, Centre for Sustainability Management (CSM), Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany; M. Bennett, The Business School, University of Gloucestershire, Cheltenham, UK; T. Pohjola, School of Science and Technology, Aalto University, Helsinki, Finland; M. Csutora, Institute for Environmental Sciences, Corvinus University of Budapest, Hungary (Eds.)

Environmental Management Accounting and Supply Chain Management

This volume’s focus on the environmental accounting of supply chain processes is of partic-ular relevance because these processes supply data about the environmental impact of relationships between business organisations, an area where the boundary separating internal and external accounting is ill-defined. Here, contributors advo-cate what they term ‘accounting for cooperation’ as a more environmentally positive complement to the paradigmatic practice of ‘accounting for competition’.

Features7 Provides latest research in environmental management accounting 7 Addresses supply chain management issues which are of growing global significance 7 Includes papers presented during the first EMAN global conference in South Africa in 2007 and the EMAN-EU conference held in Hungary 2008

Fields of interestEnvironment, general; Economics/Management Science, general

Target groupsGraduate

A. Kibaroglu, Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Turkey; W. Scheumann, University of Technology, Berlin, Germany; A. Kramer, Adelphi Research, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Turkey’s Water PolicyNational Frameworks and International Cooperation

Water is a strategic natural resource and of vital importance for Turkey’s overall social and economic development. At the same time, environmental concerns and negative impacts of dam construction challenge the present national water regime with its emphasis on water resources development and management for productive uses only. In addition, EU membership requires from Turkey the adaptation of the European Acquis Communautaire which includes an extensive and ambitious body of EU water law. Turkey eventu-ally will change its water policy, and its respective water institutions. Since Turkish policy towards transboundary water resources has been subject to international criticism (see Euphrates-Tigris, and the Ilisu Dam debate), the volume too docu-ments and assesses the stage of cooperation on all transboundary water resources, Turkey’s respective policy towards shared water resources including its position towards international water law, and her attempt to establish regional water markets. The present book is unique undertaking in analyzing the current state of Turkey’s water policy and management of national and transboundary waters. The authors are Turkish and international, practitioners and academics, who have been publishing for long on many aspects of trans-boundary water issues.

Features7 Analysis of current state of Turkey's water policy 7 Deals with all major aspects on trans-boundary water issues 7 All authors are interna-tionally well known experts in their field

Fields of interestWaste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution; Hydrogeology; Ecotoxicology

Target groupsResearch

N. Okafor, Department of Biological Sciences, Clemson University, Clemson SC, USA

Environmental Microbiology of Aquatic and Waste Systems

This book places the main actors in environmental microbiology, namely the microorganisms, on center stage. Using the modern approach of 16S ribosomal RNA, the book looks at the taxonomy of marine and freshwater bacteria, fungi, protozoa, algae, viruses, and the smaller aquatic animals such as nematodes and rotifers, as well as at the study of unculturable aquatic microorganisms (metagenomics). The peculiarities of water as an environment for microbial growth, and the influ-ence of aquatic microorganisms on global climate and global recycling of nitrogen and sulphur are also examined. The pollution of water is explored in the context of self-purification of natural waters. Modern municipal water purification and disease transmission through water are discussed. Alterna-tive methods for solid waste disposal are related to the economic capability of a society. Viruses are given special attention. By focusing on the basics, this primer will appeal across a wide range of disciplines.

Features7 Will appeal to a wide range of disciplines needing a grounding in aquatic microbiology 7 Presents the ideas in the coherent and unified manner required in undergraduate texts 7 Fills a gap in the literature by focusing on the basics

From the contentsPart I - Introduction: Nature, Properties, and Distribution of Water.-Peculiarities of Water as an Environmental Habitat for Microorganisms.-Part II- Biological Aspects of Microorganisms in Aquatic Environments: Aspects of the Molecular Biology of Microorganisms of Relevance to the Aquatic Environment.-Taxonomy, Physiology and Ecology of Aquatic Microorganisms.-Part III - The Ecology of Microorganisms in Natural Waters.- Ecology of Microorganisms in Freshwater.

Fields of interestMarine & Freshwater Sciences; Microbiology; Applied Microbiology

Target groupsLower undergraduate

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XI, 338 p. 42 illus., 29 in color. (Eco-Efficiency in Industry and Science, Volume 27) Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-94-007-1389-5

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XX, 300 p. 40 illus., 10 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19635-5

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. V, 220 p. 123 illus., 52 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $79.95ISBN 978-94-007-1459-5

Page 46: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline36 Springer News 4/2011Environmental Sciences

Reviews of Environmental Contamination and ToxicologyContinuation of Residue Reviews

Series editors: M. F. Cavieres, G. Ware, C. Gerba, O. Hutzinger, J. B. Knaak, R. S. Tjeerdema, P. d. Voogt, J. Giesy, J. T. StevensEditor-in-chief: D. M. Whitacre Volume 213

D. M. Whitacre, Reviews of Environmental Contami-nation and Toxicology, Summerfield, NC, USA (Ed.)

Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology

Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology attempts to provide concise, critical reviews of timely advances, philosophy and signifi-cant areas of accomplished or needed endeavor in the total field of xenobiotics, in any segment of the environment, as well as toxicological implications.

Features7 Human exposure, biomarkers and fate of organ-otins in the environment 7 Shellfish and residual chemical contaminants 7 Lead uptake, toxicity and detoxification in plants

From the contentsForeword.- Preface.- Pesticidal Copper (I) Oxide: Environmental Fate and Aquatic Toxicity by Lina Kiaune and Nan Singhasemanon.- Human Exposure, Biomarkers and Fate of Organotins in the Environment by Hussein K. Okoro, Olalekan S. Fatoki, Folahan A. Adekola, Bhekumusa J. Ximba, Reinette G. Snyman, and Beatrice Opeolu.- Shellfish and Residual Chemical Contaminants: Hazards, Monitoring and Health Risk Assessment along French Coasts by M. Guéguen, Marielle Guéguen, Jean-Claude Amiard, Nathalie Arnich, Pierre-Marie Badot, Didier Claisse, Thierry Guérin, and Jean-Paul Vernoux.

Fields of interestEcotoxicology; Environmental Management; Waste Management/Waste Technology

Target groupsResearch

D. G. Steyn, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada; S. Trini Castelli, CNR, Torino, Italy (Eds.)

Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XXI

Recent developments in air pollution modeling and its application are explored here in contribu-tions by researchers at the forefront of their field. The book is focused on local, urban, regional and intercontinental modeling; data assimilation and air quality forecasting; model assessment and evaluation; aerosol transformation; the relation-ship between air quality and human health and the effects of climate change on air quality. The work will provide useful reference material for students and professors interested in air pollution modeling at the graduate level as well as researchers and professionals involved in developing and utilizing air pollution models.

Features7 Latest research results from top researchers in the field 7 Balance between applied and theo-retical results 7 International coverage

ContentsPreface.- List of Participants.- Chapter 1. Local and Urban Scale Modelling.- Chapter 2. Regional and Intercontinental Modeling.- Data Assimilation and Air Quality Forecasting.- Chapter 4. Model Assess-ment and Verification.- Chapter 5. Aerosols in the Atmosphere.- Chapter 6. Interactions between Air Quality and Climate Change. Chapter 7. Air Quality and Human Health.

Fields of interestAtmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution; Monitoring/Environmental Analysis

Target groupsGraduate

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. XII, 165 p. 4 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9859-0

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 700 p. 254 illus. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C: Environmental Security, Volume 4) Hardcover

7 $269.00ISBN 978-94-007-1358-1

Also available as Softcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-1361-1

Page 47: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 37Springer News 4/2011 Law

J. Broekman, Penn State University, Carlisle, PA, USA; F. J. Mootz III, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, NV, USA (Eds.)

The Semiotics of Law in Legal Education

This volume assesses the role of legal semiotics in legal education. The field of legal semiotics is new and highly relevant to legal practice and to the transference of legal knowledge across generations of lawyers. The material included in this book promotes new semiotic ideas in four specific domains: the philosophical and legal foundations of the newly developed sign-directed expressiveness in law; the historical, political and semiotic dimensions of first efforts to teach Law in Pennsylvania and Virginia; gender issues and family relations in the light of legal qualifications; and economic and business approaches to cases in which trademarks are functioning as signs in law or public use of property is forwarded. Courses/workshops/seminars on law and semiotics

Features7 First time focus on the implementation of legal semiotics on legal education Revisits many dimensions of legal practice and contributes to a uniquely sharp focus on lawyers' signifying activi-ties 7 Shows how a 3-credit course can bring law students to research and understanding via semiotics

Fields of interestLaw Theory/Law Philosophy; Philosophy of Law; Literacy

Target groupsResearch

E. Szyszczak, University of Leicester, Leicester, UK; J. Davies, University of Northampton, Northampton, UK; M. Andenæs, T. Bekkedal, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway (Eds.)

Developments in Services of General Interest

This is the third book in the series Legal Issues of Services of General Interest. The book focuses upon a set of research questions on the recent developments in the emergence of services of general interest (SGIs) as a distinct EU concept. This includes, inter alia, the emergence of universal service obligations and the way they are regulated in the EU in primary and secondary law, the range of soft law communications adopted by the Commission to create a distinctive EU concept of SGIs, the residual role of hard law in the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU), the special problems created by Social Services of General Economic Interest and the interac-tion of procurement and state aid law with SGIs. A new perspective is offered in this book: some of the issues faced by the EU in accommodating SGIs into a regulatory framework are found also in the policy of the WTO and in least developed countries (LDCs).

Features7 Up to date discussion of rapid changes and complex political and legal questions affecting the EU and the global economy 7 Range of interna-tional perspectives 7 Allow academic researchers as well as policy makers to understand some of the wider issues of providing public services

Fields of interestEuropean Law/Public International Law; Develop-ment Economics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. Approx. 250 p. 2 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1340-6

Discount groupP

Due March 2011

2011. XVIII, 266 p. (Legal Issues of Services of General Interest) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-90-6704-733-3

Page 48: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline38 Springer News 4/2011Life Sciences

R. Arai, The University of Tokyo, Japan

Fish KaryotypesA Check List

As the largest group of extant vertebrates, fish offer an almost limitless number of striking examples of evolutionary adaptation to environmental and biotic selection pressure. The most diverse of all vertebrate groups, the higher taxa of fish traditionally have been classified by morphology and paleontology, with a much smaller input of cytogenetic information. DNA sequence data are exerting an increasingly strong influence on modern fish systematics, challenging the classifica-tion of numerous higher taxa ranging from genera to orders. The most fruitful approach, however, involves synthetic analyses of morphology, molecular phylogenetics, comparative karyology, and genome size. Karyotypes of more than 3400 species/subspecies are arranged here by fish systematics and include a list of genome size, sex chromosomes, B chromosomes, polyploidy, and locality of material fish, among others.

Features7 A detailed index helps the reader access mate-rial quickly 7 Includes 12 bits of data for each karyotype for each species 7 Karyotypes of more than 3400 species/subspecies—the most complete checklist

ContentsPreface.- Availability of fish karyotypes.- Fish vouchering and identification.- Classification of the extant fishes.- Historical transition of numbers of karyotyped species/subspecies.- Relationship between karyotype and genome size.- Database of karyotypes: How to use the database.- References.- Journal list.- Index.

Fields of interestAnimal Genetics and Genomics; Animal System-atics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; Evolutionary Biology

Target groupsResearch

G. Banfalvi, Department of Microbial Biotechnology and Cell Biology, University of Debrecen, Debrecen, Hungary (Ed.)

Cell Cycle SynchronizationMethods and Protocols

To prepare synchronized cells representing different stages of the cell cycle has been a great challenge for researchers across the globe.  In Cell Cycle Synchronization: Methods and Protocols, experts in the field supply detailed protocols providing first the theoretical background of the procedure then step-by-step instructions on how to implement synchronization as well as the latest techniques for the enhanced study of regulatory mechanisms to understand cell cycle events.  Describing synchronized cells from asynchronous bacterial, plant, protozoan, yeast, fish, and mammalian cell cultures, the synchroni-zation methods presented in the book are based principally on two major strategies: the “arrest-and-release” approach, which involves different chemical treatments to block cells at certain stages of the cell cycle, and the physical strategy, which contains physical methods to collect cells belonging to subpopulations of the cell cycle.

Features7 Offers practical lab protocols for synchronizing mammalian, plant, yeast, fungal, and even bacte-rial cells 7 Serves a wide variety of scientists, from cell biologists to medical students to pharmacologists 7 Features key tips and expert implementation advice to ensure successful results

Fields of interestCell Biology;

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

M. Behnassi, Ibn Zohr University of Agadir, Morocco; S. A. Shahid, International Center for Biosaline Agriculture, Dubai, United Arab Emirates; J. D'Silva, Compassion for World Farming, Goldalming, UK (Eds.)

Sustainable Agricultural DevelopmentRecent Approaches in Resources Management and Environmentally-Balanced Production Enhancement

Due to many challenges (i.e. climate change, energy, water and land shortage, high demands on food, land grabbing, etc.), agriculture production potential is expected to be seriously affected; thus, increasing food insecurity and hunger in many already affected regions (especially in Africa).  In this context, sustainable agriculture is highly recommended as an eco-system approach where soil, water, plants, environment and living organ-isms live in harmony.  Innovative technologies and research should be developed to ensure sustainable agriculture and productivity using modern irriga-tion systems, improved varieties, improved soil quality, etc.   In the meantime, the preservation of natural environment should be based on resource conservation technologies and best management practices.

Features7 Rethinking agricultural development in a sustainable way 7 Addressing relevant problems within all their recognizable complexity 7 Best management practices pertaining to land, water and livestock 7 Relevant experiences from devel-oped and developing countries

From the contentsList of acronyms and abbreviation.- List of figures.- List of table.- Preface.- Acknowledgments.- Part I   Sustainable use of land resources as a potential for.- sustainable agricultural development.- Part II   Sustainable management of water resources as a prerequisite.- for sustainable agriculture develop-ment.- Part III  Recent innovative processes in agricultural production.- Part IV Recent innova-tive processes in livestock production.

Fields of interestAgriculture; Sustainable Development; Environ-mental Management

Target groupsGraduate

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. VI, 342 p. Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-4-431-53876-9

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 300 p. 57 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 761) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-181-9

Discount groupP

Available

2011. XL, 278 p. 20 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-94-007-0518-0

Page 49: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 39Springer News 4/2011 Life Sciences

Issues in Agroecology – Present Status and Future Prospectus

Series editors: S. Lopez Ortiz, B. Campbell

Issues In Agroecology – Present Status and Future Prospectus not only reviews aspects of ecology, but the ecology of sustainable food production systems, and related societal and cultural values. To provide effective communication regarding status and advances in this field, this series connects with many disciplines such as sociology, anthropology, environmental sciences, ethics, agri-culture, economics, ecology, rural development, sustainability, policy and education, and integra-tions of these general themes so as to provide integrated points of view that will help lead to a more sustainable construction of values than conventional economics alone. Such designs are inherently complex and dynamic, and go beyond the individual farm to include landscapes, commu-nities, and biogeographic regions by emphasizing their unique agricultural and ecological values, and their biological, societal, and cultural compo-nents and processes.

B. Campbell, Cardno ENTRIX, Concord, CA, USA; S. Lopez Ortiz, Colegio de Postgraduados, Veracruz, Mexico (Eds.)

Integrating Agriculture, Conservation and Ecotourism: Examples from the Field

Issues In Agroecology – Present Status and Future Prospectus not only reviews aspects of ecology, but the ecology of sustainable food production systems, and related societal and cultural values. To provide effective communication regarding status and advances in this field, this series connects with many disciplines such as sociology, anthropology, environmental sciences, ethics, agri-culture, economics, ecology, rural development, sustainability, policy and education, and integra-tions of these general themes so as to provide integrated points of view that will help lead to a more sustainable construction of values than conventional economics alone. Such designs are inherently complex and dynamic, and go beyond the individual farm to include landscapes, commu-nities, and biogeographic regions by emphasizing their unique agricultural and ecological values, and their biological, societal, and cultural compo-nents and processes.

Features7 Provides concise reviews of current important and complex issues in agroecology 7 Assesses the present status of knowledge of the issue with regard to effectively moving toward improving sustainability 7 Identifies inadequacies, errors, and gaps in knowledge that may hinder or oppose effective progress toward improving sustainability 7  Discusses what, if possible, is needed to bring the issue onto a better track toward sustainability objectives

Fields of interestAgriculture; Ecology; Environmental Management

Target groupsGraduate

J. I. Castrillo, Department of Biochemistry and Cambridge Systems Biology Centre, University of Cambridge, Cambridge, UK; S. G. Oliver, Department of Biochemistry, University of Cambridge, Cambridge, UK (Eds.)

Yeast Systems BiologyMethods and Protocols

Systems Biology aims at deciphering the genotype-phenotype relationships at the levels of genes, transcripts (RNAs), peptides, proteins, metabo-lites, and environmental factors participating in complex cellular networks in order to reveal the mechanisms and principles governing the behavior of complex biological systems.  Yeast Systems Biology: Methods and Protocols presents an up-to-date view of the optimal characteristics of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae as a model eukaryote, perspective on the latest experimental and computational techniques  for systems biology studies, most of which were first designed for and validated in yeast, and selected examples of yeast systems biology studies and their applications in biotechnology and medicine.

Features7 Presents an up-to-date view of yeast as a model eukaryote for systems biology studies 7 Provides practical, easy to use methodologies 7 Includes key tips and vital implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestMicrobiology; Gene Expression

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

New Series

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. Approx. 400 p. 51 illus., 1 in color. (Issues in Agroecology – Present Status and Future Prospectus, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-94-007-1308-6

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 500 p. 90 illus., 2 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 759) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-61779-172-7

Page 50: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline40 Springer News 4/2011Life Sciences

Advances in Marine GenomicsSeries editor: J. M. Cock

Marine biology is a multidisciplinary domain in which a broad range of questions is being addressed using many different experimental approaches. Marine research can be aimed, for example, at understanding geochemical cycles, exploring and monitoring biodiversity, developing novel model organisms and exploiting biotech-nological resources. Important research is being carried out in all these domains, and yet marine environments have remained very poorly explored compared to their terrestrial counterparts. This is one of the reasons why the development of low cost, high-throughput genomic technologies such as efficient DNA sequencing has had an impor-tant impact in this domain, leading to important advances across a broad range of disciplines. The aim of this book series is to follow the impact of the application of genomic methodologies to marine biology and to attempt to predict where these approaches will lead research in this domain in the future. Volumes related to any aspect of marine genomics are within the scope of the series, across a broad range in terms of organisms (eukaryotes and prokaryotes), level (ecosystems, populations, individuals, genomes and genes), discipline (molecular biology, developmental biology, ecology, biotechnology, etc) and “omics” approach (functional, comparative or environ-mental genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, metagenomics, etc.)

J. M. Cock, Université Paris VI, Roscoff CS, France; K. Tessmar-Raible, Max F. Perutz Laboratories, Wien, Austria; C. Boyen, F. Viard, Université Paris VI, Roscoff CS, France (Eds.)

Introduction to Marine Genomics

Marine biology has always played an important role in biological research, being at the origin of many key advances. To a certain extent, the influ-ence of marine biology on the biological sciences was overshadowed over a period of several years by the remarkable advances that were made using powerful model organisms from terrestrial envi-ronments. This situation is now changing again, however, due primarily to spectacular develop-ments in genomic methodologies that have signifi-cantly accelerated research in a broad spectrum of marine biology disciplines ranging from biodi-versity to developmental biology to biotechnology. The data generated by marine genomics projects have had an impact on questions as diverse as understanding planetary geochemical cycles, the impact of climate change on marine fauna and flora, the functioning of marine ecosystems, the discovery of new organisms and novel biomol-ecules, and investigation of the evolution of animal developmental complexity.

Features7 First overview of recent advances in the emerging field of marine genomics 7 Multidisci-plinary, addressing the impact of marine genomics on a broad range of disciplines in marine biology 7 Explanations of basic principals and techniques in marine genomics (including a detailed glossary) 7 Practical guide for newcomers to the field

From the contentsPreface.- Genomics in the discovery and moni-toring of marine biodiversity.- Metagenome analysis.- Populations and Pathways: Genomic approaches to understanding population structure and environmental adaptation.-  Phylogeny of animals: genomes have a lot to say.

Fields of interestBiodiversity; Developmental Biology; Microbial Genetics and Genomics

Target groupsResearch

I. Falk, R. Wallace, Charles Darwin University, Darwin, NT, Australia; M. L. Ndoen, Satya Wacana Christian University, Salatiga, CJ, Indonesia (Eds.)

Managing Biosecurity Across Borders

Managing biosecurity is everybody’s business. The book’s multi-site, multi-sectoral research contrib-utes to an holistic, evidence-based strategy for managing plant biosecurity in complex contexts. The intent is to provide a starting point for all stakeholders in the biosecurity endeavor – policy personnel at all levels of governance, planners and regional developers, non-government organiza-tions, community groups and individuals – to plan localized strategies that ‘fit’ national needs and constraints and the way people live their lives. In putting forward a ‘strategy’, we draw on many disciplines and cultural perspectives on a problem that is fundamentally a multidisciplinary and global issue. At the same time, the contributing researchers remain aware that such a strategy is always subject to local contextual factors and influences, indigenous and local knowledge and culture, and is regarded as a tool for planning, always subject to change.

Features7 For the first time, the book provides multi-disciplinary evidence bases for practical manage-ment of biosecurity in complex cases 7 Not an isolated set of ‘reported research’, but strategically designed to fit together so as to provide a the end-point of a practical planning tool, which is a strategy for management of biosecurity 7 Each case reports a particular angle and dimension of developing sound planning processes, from policy to grassroots, in ways that shed light on the details and issues involved in each case

Fields of interestAgriculture; Environmental Management; Ecosys-tems

Target groupsResearch

New Series

Discount groupP

Available

2010. XIV, 370 p. (Advances in Marine Genomics, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8616-7

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XX, 180 p. 40 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1411-3

Page 51: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 41Springer News 4/2011 Life Sciences

M. Filippi, H. Geiger, Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, OH, USA (Eds.)

Stem Cell MigrationMethods and Protocols

The migration of stem cells has been found to be critical during early development for the organiza-tion of the embryonic body as well as during adult life with tissue homeostasis and regeneration of organ function.  Due to the low frequency of these cells in vivo,  problems in identifying and prospectively purifying tissue specific stem cells near homogeneity, and, most importantly, a lack of adequate technologies and protocols to study stem cell migration in vivo, this vital research has been quite difficult until recently.  In Stem Cell Migration: Methods and Protocols, experts in the field compile and highlight the standard and novel techniques that allow the studying of the migration of stem cells in one succinct manual. Including protocols on germ, neuronal, and hematopoietic stem cells, during development and adulthood with a clear emphasis on in vivo technologies, the volume also extends its coverage to in vitro approaches toward several developmentally-conserved signaling pathways.

Features7 Provides a succinct manual to the cutting-edge techniques in stem cell migration 7 Includes clear and practical step-by-step protocols, perfect for reproducible results 7 Features tips and key implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestCell Biology; Stem Cells

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

H. J. Fromm, M. Hargrove, Iowa State University, Ames, IO, USA

Essentials of Biochemistry

This textbook, Essentials of  Biochemistry is aimed at chemistry and biochemistry undergraduate students and first year biochemistry graduate students. It incorporates the lectures of the authors given to students with a strong chemistry back-ground. An emphasis is placed on metabolism and reaction mechanisms and how they are studied. As the title of the book implies, the text lays the basis for an understanding of the fundamentals of biochemistry.

Features7 Gets back to the basics in biochemistry 7 Focuses on the chemical rather than biological aspects of biochemistry 7 For students who had a year of organic chemistry

ContentsThe Cell: bacteria, plants, animals.- Introduction to Biomolecules: amino acids, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleotides.- Macromolecules: Proteins, RNA, DNA, membranes.- Enzymes and mecha-nisms.- Enzyme Kinetics .- Coenzymes and Vitamins.- Introduction to Metabolism.- Carbohy-drate Metabolism A: Monosaccharides.- TCA and Glyoxylate Cycles.- Electron transport and oxida-tive phosphorylation.- Carbohydrate Metabolism B: Di-,Oligo-, and Polysaccharide Metabolism.- Lipid Metabolism: Fatty Acid Synthesis and Degradation.- Amino Acid Metabolism.- Purine and Pyrimidine Nucleotide Metabolism.- Photo-synthesis and the Calvin Cycle.- DNA,  RNA, and Protein Metabolism.

Fields of interestBiochemistry, general; Bioorganic Chemistry

Target groupsLower undergraduate

K. Gevaert, J. Vandekerckhove, Ghent University, Ghent, Belgium (Eds.)

Gel-Free ProteomicsMethods and Protocols

Proteomics by means of mass spectrometry has rapidly changed the way that we analyze proteomes. Gel-Free Proteomics: Methods and Protocols addresses contemporary methods for gel-free proteome research with a special focus on differential analysis and protein modifications. Divided into twenty-five chapters, this detailed volume meticulously describes vital procedures needed to perform gel-free proteomics, ranging from sample preparation, isotope labeling for differential proteomics, enrichment technologies for modified proteins and peptides, and bioin-formatics. Written in the successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.

Features7 Includes cutting-edge methods and proto-cols 7 Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results 7 Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestProteomics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 285 p. 60 illus., 10 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 750) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-144-4

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 500 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19623-2

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. XII, 375 p. 74 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 753) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-147-5

Page 52: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline42 Springer News 4/2011Life Sciences

P. Glatz, University of Adelaide, Roseworthy, SA, Australia; C. Lunam, Flinders University, Adelaide, SA, Australia; I. Malecki, University of Western Australia, Crawley, WA, Australia (Eds.)

The Welfare of Farmed RatitesThis volume reviews, for the first time, the broad range of issues that affect the welfare of commer-cially farmed ratites.  Although ratites incorpo-rate several families of flightless birds this book focuses on the most commonly farmed ratites, the ostrich, emu and rhea. The readers are taken on a journey through all sectors of the industry, which include breeding, incubation, hatching, brooding, rearing, growth, transport and processing, with an emphasis on husbandry and management proto-cols that can impact bird welfare and health. Also discussed is the structure and sensory innervation of the skin and digits of the birds, and the potential welfare implications of industry practices on these structures. Each chapter in this volume focuses on a particular aspect of the commercial farming of ratites with contributing authors from a broad range of disciplines.   

Features7 This is the first book that is solely devoted to an examination of the welfare of ratites 7 Reveals some of mysteries of farmed flightless birds, and discusses how they cope in a farming environment 7 State-of-the-art contents with valuable text for scientists, students, welfare groups and industry leaders

ContentsThe Ethics of Farming Flightless Birds.- Breeder Welfare – The Past, Present and Future.- Natural Mating and Artificial Insemination.- Incuba-tion and Chick Rearing.- Ostrich Nutrition and Welfare.- Welfare Issues Associated with Ratite Husbandry Practices.- The Structure and Sensory Innervation of the Integument of Ratites.- Ratite Movement.- Ratite Health – Welfare Implica-tions.- Bird Handling, Transportation, Lairage and Slaughter: Implications for Bird Welfare and Meat Quality.- Ratite Conservation: Linking Captive-Release and Welfare.

Fields of interestZoology; Fish & Wildlife Biology & Management; Animal Ecology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

A. F. Hill, Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Bio21 Molecular Science and Biotechnology Institute, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia; K. J. Barnham, Department of Pathology, Bio21 Molecular Science and Biotechnology Institute, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia; S. P. Bottomley, Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Monash University, Clayton, VIC, Australia; R. Cappai, Department of Pathology, Bio21 Molecular Science and Biotechnology Institute, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia (Eds.)

Protein Folding, Misfolding, and DiseaseMethods and Protocols

Protein misfolding is a key feature of many disor-ders in humans, given that over twenty proteins are known to misfold and cause disease.  In Protein Folding, Misfolding, and Disease: Methods and Protocols, experts in the field present a collection of current methods for studying the analysis of protein folding and misfolding, featuring strategies for expressing and refolding recombinant proteins which can then be utilized in subsequent experi-ments. This detailed volume also covers methods for analyzing the formation of amyloid, protocols for determining the size and structure of native and misfolded proteins, as well as specific exam-ples of where misfolded proteins can be examined using state-of –the-art technologies.

Features7 Brings together a thorough collection of cutting-edge methods for protein folding and misfolding 7 Features concise, step-by-step approaches to the varying topics 7 Includes key tips and implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestProtein Science; Pathology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

H. Insam, B. A. Knapp, University of Innsbruck, Austria (Eds.)

Recycling of Biomass AshesThe use of renewable bioenergy is increasing, and so is the production of associated wastes: biomass ashes. This book presents eleven chapters on the options for recycling such biomass ashes, ranging from their use as fertilizer in agriculture and forestry to their application as a supplement for the production of cement-based materials or bricks. The book also examines the pros and cons for each of the different uses of biomass ashes.

Features7 This book presents different options of the recycling of biomass ashes, ranging from use as fertilizer in agriculture and forestry, to the use in building materials 7 The book describes the pro and contras for each different use of biomass ashes 7 Provides a clear overview

ContentsRecycling of Biomass Ashes – Current Technolo-gies and Future Research Needs.- Phosphorus Fertilizing Effects of Biomass Ashes.- Mixtures of Bottom Wood Ash and Meat and Bone Meal as NPK Fertilizer.- Wood Ash Effects on Soil Fauna and Interactions with Carbohydrate Supply: A Mini-Review.- Characterization of Olive Waste Ashes as Fertilizers.- Effects of Ash Applications on Soil Status, Nutrition and Growth of Pinus radiata D. Don Plantations.- Possible Use of Wood Ash and Compost for Improving Acid Tropical Soils.- Ash from Combustion of Cacao Residues for Nutrient Recycling: A Case Study.- The Use of Biomass Combustion Ashes in Brick Making.- Reuse of Woody Biomass Fly Ash in Cement-based Materials: Leaching Tests.- The Swedish Ash Programme with Focus on Bio-ashes. Ashes are a Resource in a Sustainable Society.

Fields of interestMicrobiology; Waste Management/Waste Tech-nology; Environmental Engineering/Biotech-nology

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. XIII, 274 p. (Animal Welfare, Volume 11) Hardcover

7 $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-19296-8

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 230 p. 51 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 752) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00ISBN 978-1-60327-221-6

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. X, 183 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-19353-8

Page 53: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 43Springer News 4/2011 Life Sciences

S. M. Jain, University of Helsinki, Finland; J. Al-Khayri, King Faisal University, Al-Hassa, Saudi-Arabia; D. V. Johnson, Consultant, Cincinnati, OH, USA (Eds.)

Date Palm BiotechnologyThis important reference book is the first comprehensive resource worldwide that reflects research achievements in date palm biotechnology, documenting research events during the last four decades, current status, and future outlook.  This book is essential for researchers, policy makers, and commercial entrepreneurs concerned with date palm. The book is invaluable for date palm biotechnology students and specialists. This monument is written by an international team of experienced researchers from both academia and industry.  It consists of five sections covering all aspects of date palm biotechnology including A)  Micropropagation, B) Somaclonal Variation, Mutation and Selection, C) Germplasm Biodiver-sity and Conservation, D) Genetics and Genetic Improvement, and E) Metabolites and Industrial Biotechnology. The book brings together the prin-ciples and practices of contemporary date palm biotechnology.

Features7 First book covering various aspects of date palm biotechnology Thirty two chapters supported with necessary backgrounds, tables, and figures 7 Each chapter are authored by top experts in their field including their own experience 7 Provides comprehensive research progress and current applications including commercial aspects

Fields of interestAgriculture; Plant Sciences; Plant Breeding/Biotechnology

Target groupsResearch

R. Katoch, Department of Crop Improvement, CSKHPV, Palampur, HP, India

Analytical Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

Advances in biochemistry now allow us to control living systems in ways that were undreamt of a decade ago. This volume guides researchers and students through the full spectrum of experi-mental protocols used in biochemistry, plant biology and biotechnology.

Features7 Examines the full spectrum of protocols used in contemporary biochemical experimentation 7 Explores the numerous experimental tech-niques that must be mastered by researchers in plant biology, biochemistry and biotechnology 7 Covers cutting-edge techniques in biotech-nology

ContentsPreparation of solutions.- Expression of concen-tration.- Buffers and their preparation.- Tech-niques in biochemical evaluation.- Carbohydrate estimations.- Estimation of lipids.- Qualitative and quantitative estimations of amino acids and proteins.- Protein purification techniques.- Cell disruption and fractionation.- Enzymes in metabo-lism.- Isoenzyme analysis.- Chromatographic separations.- Methods for nutritional quality evaluation of food materials.- Nutritional evalua-tion of forages.- Techniques in molecular biology

Fields of interestBiochemistry, general; Analytical Chemistry; Carbohydrate Chemistry

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

J. Z. Kubiak, University of Rennes, Rennes, France (Ed.)

Cell Cycle in Development

This book focuses on the intersection between cell cycle regulation and embryo development. Specific modifications of the canonical cell cycle occur throughout the whole period of development and are adapted to fulfil functions coded by the devel-opmental program. Deciphering these adaptations is essential to comprehending how living organ-isms develop. The aim of this book is to review the best-known modifications and adaptations of the cell cycle during development. The first chapters cover the general problems of how the cell cycle evolves, while consecutive chapters guide readers through the plethora of such phenomena. The book closes with a description of specific changes in the cell cycle of neurons in the senescent human brain. Taken together, the chapters present a panorama of species - from worms to humans - and of developmental stages - from unfertilized oocyte to aged adult.

Features7 Written by the best experts in their respective domains 7 Covers all aspects of the cell cycle and embryogenesis 7 Gives an overview of the state of the art in this hot topic

Fields of interestDevelopmental Biology; Cell Biology

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 666 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-94-007-1317-8

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 330 p. 41 illus., 3 in color. Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9784-5

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 500 p. (Results and Problems in Cell Differentiation, Volume 53) Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00ISBN 978-3-642-19064-3

Page 54: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline44 Springer News 4/2011Life Sciences

A. Lebeda, Palacký University in Olomouc, Olomouc-Holice, Czech Republic; G. J. Holmes, Valent USA Corporation, Alex, NC, USA; B. Mauch-Mani, University of Neuchâtel, Neuchâtel, Switzerland; M. J. Jeger, Imperial College London, Ascot, UK (Eds.)

The Downy Mildews - Biology, Mechanisms of Resistance and Population Ecology

The book is focused on the most recent and significant advances in research on downy mildews and related oomycete pathogens. The emphasis is on the biology of downy mildews, mechanisms of resistance in host- and non-host parasite interactions, population ecology and epidemi-ology, chemical control and fungicide resistance. The chapters are written by leading international experts on various aspects of downy mildews. All contributions are either comprehensive critical reviews or original research papers, and cover the most relevant and recent topics related to these biotrophic plant pathogens. The recent Special Issue is a continuation of previous one published by Springer in 2008.

Features7 Most recent publication about biology, evolu-tion, genetics and ecology of downy mildews and their interactions with plants 7 Combination of full research papers and critical reviews is providing exiting and comprehensive overview of recent progress in this field of plant pathology 7 Various host-pathogen interactions between plants and downy mildews are treated

Fields of interestPlant Pathology; Life Sciences, general; Microbial Genetics and Genomics

Target groupsResearch

U. Lüttge, University of Darmstadt, Germany; E. Beck, University of Bayreuth, Germany; D. Bartels, University of Bonn, Germany (Eds.)

Plant Desiccation ToleranceDesiccation tolerance was essential when plants first began to conquer land, roughly 400 million years ago. While most desiccation-tolerant plants belong to basal phylogenetic taxa, this capacity has also evolved among some vascular plant species. In this volume renowned experts treat plant desic-cation tolerance at the organismic as well as at the cellular level. The diversity of ecophysiological adaptations and acclimations of cyanobacteria, eukaryotic algae, mosses, and lichens is addressed in several chapters. The particular problems of vascular plants during dehydration/rehydration cycles resulting not only from their hydraulic architectures, but also from severe secondary stresses associated with the desiccated state are discussed.

Features7 An up-to-date review of the field 7 Written by experts 7 Richly illustrated

From the contentsCyanobacteria: Habitats and Species.- Cyano-bacteria: Multiple Stresses, Desiccation Tolerant Photosynthesis and Di-nitrogen Fixation.- Eucary-otic Algae.- Lichens and Bryophytes – Habitats and Species.- Ecophysiology of Desiccation/Rehydra-tion Cycles in Mosses and Lichens.- Lichens and Bryophytes – Light Stress and Photoinhibition in Desiccation/ Rehydration Cycles: Mechanisms of Photoprotection.- Evolution, Diversity and Habi-tats of Poikilohydrous Vascular Plants.- Ecophysi-ology of Homoiochlorophyllous and Poikilochlo-rophyllous Desiccation-Tolerant Plants.- Hydraulic Architecture of Vascular Plants.- Drought, Desicca-tion and Oxidative Stress.- Chamaegigas intrepidus DINTER – an Aquatic Poikilohydric Angiosperm that is Perfectly Adapted to its Complex and Extreme Environmental Conditions.

Fields of interestPlant Ecology; Plant Physiology; Plant Genetics & Genomics

Target groupsResearch

L. M. Luttrell, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC, USA; S. S. Ferguson, The University of Western Ontario, London, ON, Canada (Eds.)

Signal Transduction ProtocolsIt is increasingly clear that signal transduction is a highly organized and integrated process.  Divided into two convenient sections, Signal Transduction Protocols, Third Edition focuses on experimental approaches to better understand the complexity of signal transduction.  Introductory chapters provide perspective on several of the challenges involved in signal transduction research and offer guidance on selecting the best approaches to various types of questions.  The individual chapters provide detailed experimental protocols covering various topics, from the effects of ligand binding on receptor conformation and effector coupling, to moving inside the cell in order to capture the spatial and temporal characteristics of signaling events. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters contain introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.

Features7 Includes cutting-edge methods and protocols 7 Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results 7 Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestCell Biology; Protein-Ligand Interactions

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due March 2011

Only available in print

2011. X, 236 p. 40 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-94-007-1280-5

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 350 p. (Ecological Studies, Volume 215) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19105-3

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

3rd ed. 2011. 400 p. 89 illus., 10 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 756) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-159-8

Page 55: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 45Springer News 4/2011 Life Sciences

Parasitology Research Monographs

Series editor: H. Mehlhorn

The new book series “Parasitology Research Monographs” presents carefully refereed volumes on selected parasitological topics. Parasites have an increasing impact on animal and human health in the present times of globaliza-tion and global warming. Parasites may be agents of diseases and- often at the same time- vectors of other agents of disease such as viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa and/or worms. The growth in knowledge of parasitic physiology, cell structure, biotechnological and genetic approaches, ecology, therapeutic capabilities, vaccination, immunology, diagnosis, transmission pathways and many other aspects of parasitology is increasing dramatically, even in the face of the breakthroughs that have already been made. Reflecting these most recent achievements and the importance of parasites as a threat to human and animal health, the series’ broad scope concen-trates on particularly hot topics that were recently covered by review articles in the journal “Para-sitology Research” or in other journals. These reviews offer compact but intense insights into the ongoing research and into the methods and technologies used to control parasites. The volumes in the series will be built on these topics, and the volume editors are well-known experts in their respective fields. Each volume offers 10 to 20 comprehensive reviews covering all relevant aspects of the topic in focus.

H. Mehlhorn, Heinrich Heine University, Düsseldorf, Germany (Ed.)

Nature Helps...How Plants and Other Organisms Contribute to Solve Health Problems

Nature helps... of course at first itself by developing measures that give bacteria, fungi, plants and animals a chance to be successful in their struggle for life. As a latecomer on Earth, Homo sapiens was gifted with some droplets of the divine spirit of recognition and thus became able to observe, to analyse and recombine skills of other living beings and to use them for his overwhelming career over the last 10,000 years. Of course fungi, plants, animals and even bacteria were primarily used by mankind as food or as lifestyle products such as beer, but soon it became clear that there was much more potential hidden in these organisms and that they could be used for other purposes, too. Extracts of plants and fungi were recognized as powerful remedies, as medicines, as insecticides or acarizides, as repellents against parasites or even as weapons, e.g. when poisonous compounds from frogs or plants were applied to arrowheads.

Features7 Summarizes examples of promising aspects in a broad spectrum of applications 7 Reflects the most recent achievements and the importance of parasites 7 The 15 chapters offer not only basic research on different fields, but also show how useful and effective products can be developed from research

Fields of interestZoology; Parasitology; Eukaryotic Microbiology

Target groupsResearch

F. C. Meinzer, USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Corvallis, OR, USA; B. Lachenbruch, Department of Wood Science and Engineering, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR, USA; T. E. Dawson, Department of Integrative Biology, University of California Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, USA (Eds.)

Size- and Age-Related Changes in Tree Structure and Function

Millions of trees live and grow all around us, and we all recognize the vital role they play in the world’s ecosystems. Publicity campaigns exhort us to plant yet more. Yet until recently compara-tively little was known about the root causes of the physical changes that attend their growth. Since trees typically increase in size by three to four orders of magnitude in their journey to maturity, this gap in our knowledge has been a crucial issue to address. Here at last is a synthesis of the current state of our knowledge about both the causes and consequences of ontogenetic changes in key features of tree structure and function. During their ontogeny, trees undergo numerous changes in their physiological function, the structure and mechanical properties of their wood, and overall architecture and allometry.

Features7 Unique and timely synthesis of current state of knowledge and future research needs on the topic 7 Contents of interest to forest managers and silviculturists as well as those conducting basic research 7 Information in book has important implications for policymakers in the context of forests, climate change and the carbon cycle

Fields of interestTree Biology; Plant Physiology; Forestry

Target groupsResearch

New Series

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XV, 385 p. (Parasitology Research Monographs, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-3-642-19381-1

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. VIII, 442 p. 17 illus. in color. (Tree Physiology, Volume 4) Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-94-007-1241-6

Page 56: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline46 Springer News 4/2011Life Sciences

J. Seckbach, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; P. Kociolek, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, USA (Eds.)

The Diatom WorldDiatom biology, genomics and ecology are becoming more relevant to the human species. While there have been recent compilations of some of the applied aspects of diatoms, and the dizzying pace of taxonomic revisions, this new volume bring us up to date on their classification, biology and ecology, as well as covering the topics of genomics and applied uses. In this collection, some of the leaders in diatom research present either new information or summarize recent research efforts on a wide range of topics, including the tree of life of diatoms, their classifications, the wide habitats and ecological spectra the group exploits, as well as the beauty of their form. This volume celebrates the diversity, emerging areas of research and fascinating ecology of the diatoms bringing this group of world-renown and emerging research leaders together. ‘The Diatom World’ will foster greater appreciation and research contributions on this incredibly diverse and fascinating group of organisms.

Features7 Contributions from some of the leading experts in the field 7 Includes important compilations and new research results 7 New and emerging research areas related to diatoms are introduced and discussed

Fields of interestFreshwater & Marine Ecology; Biodiversity; Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography

Target groupsUpper undergraduate

M. Shimaoka, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA (Ed.)

Integrin and Cell Adhesion MoleculesMethods and Protocols

Integrins play pivotal roles not only across a wide range of physiological processes including tissue morphogenesis, immune responses, wound healing, and regulation of cell growth and differentiation, but also in numerous pathological phenomena such as autoimmunity, thrombosis, and cancer metastasis/progression. Therefore, investigations on integrins often demand multi-disciplinary approaches, making researchers long for a handy collection of comprehensive and prac-tical protocols that detail experimental methods for studying integrin and related cell adhesion molecule functionality. Integrin and Cell Adhesion Molecules: Methods and Protocols aims to provide readers not only with basic protocols in studying integrin functions, but also with summaries on those state-of-the-art technologies that have been utilized for understanding integrin functionality at the cellular, molecular, structural, and organismal levels.

Features7 Includes cutting-edge methods and proto-cols 7 Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results 7 Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestCell Biology; Membrane Biology

Target groupsResearch

P. Tow, The University of Adelaide, Gawler, Australia; I. Cooper, The University of Adelaide, Bibaringa, Australia; I. Partridge, Queensland Department of Primary Industry and Fisheries, Toowoomba, QLD, Australia; C. Birch, The University of Queensland, Gatton, QLD, Australia (Eds.)

Rainfed Farming SystemsWhile a good grasp of the many separate aspects of agriculture is important, it is equally essential for all those involved in agriculture to understand the functioning of the farming system as a whole and how it can be best managed.  It is necessary to re-assess and understand rain-fed farming systems around the world and to find ways to improve the selection, design and operation of such systems for long term productivity, profitability and sustain-ability. The components of the system must operate together efficiently; yet many of the relationships and interactions are not clearly understood.  Appreciation of these matters and how they are affected by external influences or inputs are important for decision making and for achieving desirable outcomes for the farm as a whole.  This book analyses common rain-fed farming systems and defines the principles and practices important to their effective functioning and management.

Features7 Unique systems approach to deal with farming holistically 7 Many new topics covered in one comprehensive book 7 Deals with principles and practice, management and an understanding of actions in the farm system 7 This volume takes account of social relationships in the farm system including technical, biological, political and economic relationships 7 Written by prominent agriculturalists with worldwide experience and is well illustrated with figures and tables

Fields of interestAgriculture; Life Sciences, general; Ecology

Target groupsGraduate

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. XX, 580 p. 40 illus., 20 in color. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 19) Hardcover

7 $239.00ISBN 978-94-007-1326-0

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 560 p. 96 illus., 10 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 757) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-61779-165-9

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. X, 10 p. Hardcover

7 $239.00ISBN 978-1-4020-9131-5

Page 57: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 47Springer News 4/2011 Life Sciences

W. Welsch, Jena, Germany; W. J. Singer, Frankfurt, Germany; A. Wunder, Jena, Germany (Eds.)

Interdisciplinary AnthropologyContinuing Evolution of Man

This volume is the result of a research project enti-tled “Evolutionary Continuity – Human Specifics – The Possibility of Objective Knowledge” that was carried out by representatives of six academic disciplines (evolutionary biology, evolutionary anthropology, brain research, cognitive neurosci-ence, cognitive psychology and philosophy) over a period of three and a half years. The starting point for the project was the newly emerging riddle of human uniqueness: though the uniqueness of human beings is undisputable, all explanations for this fact have successively been discarded or refuted in recent decades. There is no special factor that could explain the particularities of human existence. Rather, all human skills derive from a continuous relation to pre-human skills, that is to say, to elements that were developed earlier in the phylogeny and were later inherited. But starting from abilities that are anything but special, how could the particularity of human beings have evolved?

Features7 The work incorporates the latest findings of empirical studies 7 Presents the topic to the public for the first time 7 Interdisciplinary approach to the subject

From the contentsBrain Evolution and Cognition: Psychosis as Evolutionary Cost for Complexity and Cognitive Abilities in Humans. Intrinsic Multiperspectivity: Conceptual Forms and the Functional Architecture of the Perceptual System. Prospects of Objective Knowledge. Long-Term Planning and Prediction: Visiting a Construction Site in the Human Brain. Emotion Expression: The Evolutionary Heritage in the Human Voice. Social Conventions, Institutions, and Human Uniqueness: Lessons from Children and Chimpanzees.

Fields of interestEvolutionary Biology

Target groupsResearch

L. Yuan, S. E. Perry, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA (Eds.)

Plant Transcription FactorsMethods and Protocols

Recent years have seen significant advancements in the development of enabling technologies that facilitate the study of Transcription Factors (TFs). TFs are pivotal in the regulation of plant development, reproduction, intercellular signaling, response to environment, cell cycle, and metabo-lism. Plant Transcription Factors: Methods and Protocols offers a comprehensive approach by covering the basic concepts as well as the detailed protocols of a series of commonly used tools for investigating plant TFs. From discussing select TF families in plants to presenting approaches for identifying them, methods are covered to verify the function, to identify protein interactions in which TFs are involved, and how the interactions are mediated. Increasing examples of TFs that function non-cell-autonomously are being discov-ered and methods to assess intercellular trafficking are also addressed.

Features7 Includes cutting-edge methods and proto-cols 7 Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results 7 Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts

Fields of interestPlant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due March 2011

2011. 180 p. Hardcover

7 $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-11667-4

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 310 p. 41 illus., 3 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 754) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-61779-153-6

Page 58: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline48 Springer News 4/2011Materials Science

R. Beck, S. Guterres, A. Pohlmann, Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, Brazil (Eds.)

Nanocosmetics and NanomedicinesNew Approaches for Skin Care

The book “Nanocosmetics and nanomedicines: new approaches for skin care” contains a summary of the most important nanocarriers for skin delivery. Although “nanocosmetics” is a subject widely commented in the academy and the beauty industry, a book covering the skin care treat-ments using nanotechnological approaches with cosmetics and nanomedicines is still missing, therefore the need for this publication. This book is divided in three parts: The first one (Part A) is devoted to a brief review on the main topics related to the skin delivery and to the introduction of the subject “nanocosmetics”. The second part (Part B) presents different types of nanocarriers applied as skin delivery systems for cosmetics or drugs. The last part (Part C) shows a wide range of applications of nanotechnology on the skin care area as well as on dermatocosmetic and dermato-logical fields.

Features7 First book on the subject "nanocosmetics" 7 Authors belong to the "Brazilian Nanocosmetics Network" and have been working on this subject in the last decade 7 The book includes recent advances on the application of nanotechnology to treat skin disorders, such as treatment of skin cancer, cutaneous leishmaniasis and to develop new sunscreen alternatives

ContentsPart A: Fundamentals of Skin Delivery.- Part B: Nanocarriers for Skin Care and Dermatological Treatments.- Part C: Applications of Nanocos-metics and Nanomedicines for Skin Treatments.

Fields of interestNanotechnology; Pharmacy; Dermatology

Target groupsResearch

T. Böllinghaus, BAM, Berlin, Germany; J. Lippold, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA; C. E. Cross, BAM, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III

This is the third in a series of compendiums devoted to the subject of weld hot cracking.  It contains 22 papers presented at the 3rd Inter-national Hot Cracking Workshop in Columbus, Ohio USA in March 2010. In the context of this workshop, the term “hot cracking” refers to elevated temperature cracking associated with either the weld metal or heat-affected zone. These hot cracking phenomena include weld solidifica-tion cracking, HAZ and weld metal liquation cracking, and ductility-dip cracking. The book is divided into three major sections based on mate-rial type; specifically aluminum alloys, steels, and nickel-base alloys.  Each of these sections begins with a keynote paper from prominent researchers in the field: Dr. Sindo Kou from the University of Wisconsin, Dr. Thomas Böllinghaus from BAM and the University of Magdeburg, and Dr. John DuPont from Lehigh University.  The papers contained within include the latest insight into the mechanisms associated with hot cracking in these materials and methods to prevent cracking through material selection, process modifica-tion, or other means.  The three Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds compendiums combined contain a total of 64 papers and represent the best collection of papers on the topic of hot cracking ever assembled.

Features7 Reports state of the art in welding science 7 Gives numerous individual solutions and helpful advice for welding engineers to avoid hot cracking in practice 7 Presents high-level research results from leading scientists

Fields of interestMetallic Materials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groupsResearch

S. Gorb, University of Kiel, Germany (Ed.)

Adhesion and Friction in Biological Systems

This book is a collection of experimental studies demonstrating structure-function relationships in various biological systems having particular surface specialization to increase/decrease friction and adhesion. Studies on snake skin, adhesive pads, wing-interlocking devices and sticky mouth-parts of insects as well as anti-adhesive and adhe-sive surfaces of plants are included in the volume containing four main subsections: (1) adhesion, (2) friction, (3) attachment-devices, (4) attach-ment-related behavior. Numerous experimental methods for characterizing tribological proper-ties of biological surfaces at macro-, micro-, and nanoscale levels are demonstrated. This book is an excellent collection of publications on biotribology for both engineers and physicists working with biological systems as well as for biologists studying friction and adhesion. Inspirations from biology reported here may be also potentially interesting for biomimetics.

Features7 Broad range of biological surfaces is considered 7 Some papers from the book meanwhile belong to classical ones in the field 7 Detailed descrip-tion of microscopy methods and tribological char-acterisation techniques helps readers in designing own studies on the topic

Fields of interestCharacterization and Evaluation of Materials; Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings; Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 360 p. 77 illus., 32 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-19791-8

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. XIX, 440 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-3-642-16863-5

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

Only available in print

2011. XX, 330 p. 130 illus. in color. (Biologically-Inspired Systems, Volume 3) Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00ISBN 978-94-007-1444-1

Page 59: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 49Springer News 4/2011 Materials Science

H. Ju, Nanjing University, Nanjing, China; X. Zhang, Sarasota, Florida; J. Wang, University of California, San Diego, San Diego, California

NanoBiosensingPrinciples, Development and Application

This book will cover the full scope of nanobio-sensing, which combines the newest research results in the cross-disciplines of chemistry, biology, and materials science with biosensing and bioanalysis to develop novel detection principles, sensing mechanisms, and device engineering methods. It not only covers the important types of nanomaterials for biosensing applications, including carbon nanotubes, carbon nano-fiber, quantum dots, fullerenes, fluorescent and biological molecules, etc., but also illustrates a wide range of sensing principles, including electro-chemical detection, fluorescence, chemilumines-ence, antibody-antigen interactions, and magnetic detection. The book details novel developments in the methodology and devices of biosensing and bioanalysis combined with nanoscience and nanotechnology, as well as their applications in biomedicine and environmental monitoring.

Features7 Uniquely focuses on the hot-topic of nanobio-sensing and not simply biosensing 7 Covers not only the traditional nanomaterials for biosensing applications, but a wide range of sensing principles such as fluorescence and magnetic detection 7 Readers will be captivated by the broad survey of nanobiosensing technology contained in the text

Fields of interestNanotechnology; Biophysics and Biological Physics; Biomedical Engineering

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

R. Leach, National Physical Laboratory, Tddington, UK (Ed.)

Optical Measurement of Surface Topography

The measurement and characterisation of surface topography is crucial to modern manufacturing industry. The control of areal surface structure allows a manufacturer to radically alter the func-tionality of a part. Examples include structuring to effect fluidics, optics, tribology, aerodynamics and biology. To control such manu facturing methods requires measurement strategies. There is now a large range of new optical techniques on the market, or being developed in academia, that can measure areal surface topography. Each method has its strong points and limitations. The book starts with introductory chapters on optical instru-ments, their common language, generic features and limitations, and their calibration. Each type of modern optical instrument is described (in a common format) by an expert in the field. The book is intended for both industrial and academic scientists and engineers, and will be useful for undergraduate and postgraduate studies.

Features7 Presents a wealth of related information under one title 7 Forms a companion guide to forth-coming ISO standards 7 Allows people to make an informed choice when procuring instrumenta-tion 7 Is useful to manufacturers who want to embrace the new techniques of surface structuring

ContentsIntroduction to surface texture measurement.- Some common terms and definitions.- Limita-tions of optical 3D sensors.- Calibration of optical surface topography measuring instru-ments.- Chromatic confocal microscopy.- Point autofocus instruments.- Focus variation instru-ments.- Phase shifting interferometry.-  Coherence scanning interferometry.- Digital holographic microscopy.- Imaging confocal microscopy.- Light scattering methods

Fields of interestCharacterization and Evaluation of Materials; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Measurement Science and Instrumentation

Target groupsResearch

P. M. Moreira, INEGI, Porto, Italy; L. F. Silva, Universi-dade do Porto, Porto, Italy; P. M. Castro, Universidade do Porto, Porto, italy (Eds.)

Structural Connections for Lightweight Metallic Structures

Increasing concern with fuel consumption leads to widespread interest in lightweight structures for transportation vehicles. Several competing technologies are available for the structural connections of these structures, namely welding, mechanical fastening / riveting, and adhesive technologies. Arranged in a single volume, this work is to presents state-of-the-art discussions of those aspects and processes presenting greater novelty whilst simultaneously keeping wide appli-cability potential and interest. The topics chosen have the common feature of being of currently applied in lightweight structures, and one of the characteristics of this work is bringing together relevant state-of-the-art information usually presented in separate publications specializing in a single technology. The book provides discus-sions and examples of concrete applications, so that it appeals to researchers and designers and engineers involved in the design and fabrication of lightweight structures.

Features7 Presents state-of-the-art discussions of aspects and processes for connections in lightweight structures 7 Dedicates a great interest to welding 7 Appeals to researchers as well as to engineers involved in the design and fabrication of light-weight structures

Fields of interestStructural Materials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Operating Procedures, Materials Treatment

Target groupsResearchDiscount group

P

Due July 2011

2011. 600 p. 298 illus. in color. (Biological and Medical Physics, Biomedical Engineering) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9621-3

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 450 p. 44 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-12011-4

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 300 p. (Advanced Structured Materials, Volume 8) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-18186-3

Page 60: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline50 Springer News 4/2011Materials Science

Y. Rong, Shanghai JiaoTong University, Shanghai, China

Characterization of Microstructures by Analytical Electron Microscopy (AEM)

“Characterization of Microstructures by Analytical Electron Microscopy (AEM)” describes the basic concepts and operative techniques of AEM. It focuses on the study of phase transformations and dislocation in deformation by AEM. Further, the book also presents the physical concepts and mathematic analysis for diffraction and crystal-lography using numerous examples, such as the quantitative prediction of the orientation relation-ships in phase transformations. The book is intended for researchers and graduate students in materials science, engineering, and condensed matter physics.

Features7 Comprehensive introduction to Analytical Electron Microscopy with examples from Mate-rials Science 7 Covers all aspects from theory to applications in the laboratory 7 First complete treatment of the subject since long, no competition

ContentsThe Analytical Electron Microscope (AEM).- Specimen Preparation.- Electron Diffraction.- The Mathematical Description of Crystal Diffraction.- Imaging with Electron Diffraction Contrast.- High Resolution and High Spatial Resolution Tech-niques.

Fields of interestCharacterization and Evaluation of Materials; Condensed Matter Physics; Optics, Optoelec-tronics, Plasmonics and Optical Devices

Target groupsResearch

R. Siddique, Thapar University, Patiala, INDIA; M. I. Khan, Structural Engineering, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia

Supplementary Cementing Materials

This book is an attempt to consolidate the published research related to the use of Supple-mentary Cementing Materials in cement and concrete. It comprises of five chapters. Each chapter is devoted to a particular supplementing cementing material. It is based on the literature/research findings published in journals/confer-ence proceeding, etc. Topics covered in the book are; coal fly ash, silica fume (SF), granulated blast furnace slag (GGBS), metakaolin (MK), and rice husk ash (RHA). Each chapter contains introduc-tion, properties of the waste material/by-product, its potential usage, and its effect on the properties of fresh and hardened concrete and other cement based materials.

Features7 Presents a comprehensive review on Supple-mentary Cementing Materials 7 Covers the most important supplementary materials like coal fly ash, silica fume, granulated blast furnace slag, metakaolin, and rice husk ash 7 Written by very experienced scientists in the field 7 Caters to the needs of researchers, concrete technologists and practicing engineers

ContentsFLY ASH.- SILICA FUME.- GROUND GRANU-LATED BLAST FURNACE SLAG.- METAKA-OLIN.- RICE HUSK ASH

Fields of interestStructural Materials; Civil Engineering

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

W. Zhou, University of New Orleans, LA, USA; Z. L. Wang, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA (Eds.)

Three-Dimensional NanoarchitecturesDesigning Next-Generation Devices

Devices built from three-dimensional nanoarchi-tectures offer a number of advantages over those based on thin-film technology, such as larger surface area to enhance the sensitivity of sensors, to collect more sunlight to improve the efficiency of solar cells, and to supply higher density emitters for increased resolution in flat panel displays. Three-dimensional nanoscale assembly has already been used to generate many prototypes of devices and sensors, including piezoelectric nanogenera-tors based on ZnO nanowire arrays, photovoltaic devices based on silicon nanowire array p-n junctions, and highly sensitive gas sensors based on metal oxide nanowire arrays among others. Three-Dimensional Nanoarchitectures: Designing Next-Generation Devices describes state-of-the-art synthesis, integration, and design strategies used to create three-dimensional nanoarchitectures for functional nanodevice applications.

Features7 Presents the strategies and methods for devel-oping next-generation nanotechnology 7 Covers the growth of nanoarchitectures and novel device fabrication 7 Includes a wide variety of applica-tions from nanophotonics and sensor technology to supercapacitor and solar cells

Fields of interestNanotechnology; Nanotechnology and Microengi-neering; Condensed Matter Physics

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press

Jointly published with Higher Education Press

2011. 500 p. 350 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $299.00ISBN 978-3-642-20118-9

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 350 p. (Engineering Materials) Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-17865-8

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. Approx. 1180 p. 378 illus., 250 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9821-7

Page 61: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 51Springer News 4/2011 Mathematics

S. Albeverio, University of Bonn, Germany; R. Fan, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA; F. Herzberg, Bielefeld University, Germany

Hyperfinite Dirichlet Forms and Stochastic Processes

This monograph treats the theory of Dirichlet forms from a comprehensive point of view, using “nonstandard analysis.” Thus, it is close in spirit to the discrete classical formulation of Dirichlet space theory by Beurling and Deny (1958). The discrete infinitesimal setup makes it possible to study the diffusion and the jump part using essentially the same methods. This setting has the advantage of being independent of special topological proper-ties of the state space and in this sense is a natural one, valid for both finite- and infinite-dimensional spaces. The present monograph provides a thorough treatment of the symmetric as well as the non-symmetric case, surveys the theory of hyperfinite Lévy processes, and summarizes in an epilogue the model-theoretic genericity of hyperfi-nite stochastic processes theory.

Features7 Includes historical notes and comprehensive bibliography 7 An appendix on nonstandard analysis makes the book self-contained 7 A special chapter on Lévy processes increases the scope of applications

Fields of interestMathematical Logic and Foundations; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes

Target groupsResearch

D. Alpay, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva, Israel

A Complex Analysis Problem Book

This is a collection of exercises in the theory of analytic functions, with completed and detailed solutions. We wish to introduce the student to applications  and aspects of the theory of analytic functions not always touched upon in a first course. Using appropriate exercises we wish to show to the students some aspects of what lies beyond a first course in complex variables. We also discuss topics of interest for electrical engineering students (for instance, the realization of rational functions and its connections to the theory of linear systems and state space representations of such systems). Examples of  important Hilbert spaces of analytic functions (in particular the Hardy space and the  Fock space) are given. The book also includes a part where relevant facts from topology, functional analysis and Lebesgue integration are reviewed.

Features7 Connections with electrical engineering and the theory of linear systems 7 A variety of non trivial and interesting examples are given as exercises (for instance the Bohr phenomenon, integral repre-sentations of certain analytic functions, Blaschke products, the Schur algorithm) 7 Examples using positive definite functions and  reproducing kernel spaces are given in the exercises

ContentsPrologue.- I Complex numbers.- 1 Complex numbers: algebra.- 2 Complex numbers: geom-etry.- 3 Complex numbers and analysis.- 4. Remarks and generalizations: quaternions, etc.- II Functions of a complex variable.- 5 C-differ-entiable functions.- 6 Cauchy’s theorem.- 7 First applications.- 8 Laurent expansions and applica-tions.- 9 Computations of definite integrals.- 10 Harmonic functions.- 11 Conformal mappings.- III Complements.- 12 Some useful theorems.- 13 Some topology.- References.- Index.

Field of interestFunctions of a Complex Variable

Target groupsUpper undergraduate

H. H. Bauschke, University of British Colombia, Canada; R. S. Burachik, University of South Australia; P. L. Combettes, University of Pierre & Marie Curie - Paris VI; V. Elser, Cornell University, USA; D. R. Luke, Department of Mathematical Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19716, USA; H. Wolkowicz, University of Waterloo, Canada (Eds.)

Fixed-Point Algorithms for Inverse Problems in Science and Engineering

“Fixed-Point Algorithms for Inverse Problems in Science and Engineering” presents some of the most recent work from top-notch researchers studying projection and other first-order fixed-point algorithms in several areas of mathematics and the applied sciences. The material presented provides a survey of the state-of-the-art theory and practice in fixed-point algorithms, identi-fying emerging problems driven by applications, and discussing new approaches for solving these problems.

Features7 International group of expert editors and contributors 7 Presents all new material in the areas of projection and fixed point algorithms for mathematics and the applied sciences 7 Basis for innovative research from a broad range of topics such as variational analysis, numerical linear algebra, biotechnology, materials science, computational solid state physics, and chemistry 7 Areas of application include engineering (image and signal reconstruction and decompression problems), computer tomography and radiation treatment planning (convex feasibility problems), astronomy (adaptive optics), crystallography (molecular structure reconstruction), computa-tional chemistry (molecular structure simulation)

Fields of interestComputational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis; Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization; Mathematical Modeling and Mathematics in Industry

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 284 p. 1 illus. in color. (Lecture Notes of the Unione Matematica Italiana, Volume 10) Softcover

7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-19658-4

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 480 p. Softcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-0348-0077-8

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XII, 400 p. 35 illus., 23 in color. (Springer Optimization and Its Applications, Volume 49) Hardcover

7 approx. $149.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9568-1

Page 62: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline52 Springer News 4/2011Mathematics

E. D. Bloch, Bard College, Annandale-on-Hudson, NY, USA

The Real Numbers and Real Analysis

This text is a rigorous, detailed introduction to real analysis that presents the fundamentals with clear exposition and carefully written definitions, theo-rems, and proofs. It is organized in a distinctive, flexible way that would make it equally appropriate to undergraduate mathematics majors who want to continue in mathematics, and to future mathe-matics teachers who want to understand the theory behind calculus. The Real Numbers and Real Analysis will serve as an excellent one-semester text for undergraduates majoring in mathematics, and for students in mathematics education who want a thorough understanding of the theory behind the real number system and calculus.

Features7 Provides an unusually thorough treatment of the real numbers, emphasizing their importance as the basis of real analysis 7 Presents material in an order resembling that of standard calculus courses, for the sake of student familiarity, and for helping future teachers use real analysis to better understand calculus 7 Emphasizes the direct role of the Least Upper Bound Property in the study of limits, derivatives and integrals, rather than making use of sequences for proofs 7 Presents the equivalence of various important theorems of real analysis with the Least Upper Bound Property

ContentsPreface.-To the Student.-To the Instructor.-  1. Construction of the Real Numbers.- 2. Properties of the Real Numbers.- 3. Limits and Continuity.- 4. Differentiation.- 5. Integra-tion.- 6. Limits to Infinity.-7. Transcental Func-tions.-8. Sequences.- 9. Series.- 10. Sequences and Series of Functions.- Bibliography.- Index.

Fields of interestReal Functions; Analysis; Sequences, Series, Summability

Target groupsLower undergraduate

M. Dehmer, UMIT, Hall in Tirol, Austria; F. Emmert-Streib, Queen's University Belfast, UK; A. Mehler, Goethe-University Frankfurt am Main, Germany (Eds.)

Towards an Information Theory of Complex NetworksStatistical Methods and Applications

For over a decade, complex networks have steadily grown as an important tool across a broad array of academic disciplines, with applications ranging from physics to social media. A  tightly orga-nized collection of carefully-selected papers on the subject, Towards an Information Theory of Complex Networks: Statistical Methods and Appli-cations presents theoretical and practical results about information-theoretic and statistical models of complex networks in the natural sciences and humanities. The book’s major goal is to advocate and promote a combination of graph-theoretic, information-theoretic, and statistical methods as a way to better understand and characterize real-world networks. This volume is the first to present a self-contained, comprehensive over-view of information-theoretic models of complex networks with an emphasis on applications.

Features7 First book on the market giving a comprehen-sive look at the applications of information-theo-retic models for complex networks 7 Synthesizes graph-theoretic, statistical, and information-theoretic methods to effectively understand and characterize real-world networks 7 Addresses a broad range of disciplines, including quantita-tive biology, quantitative chemistry, quantitative sociology, and quantitative linguistics 7 Caters to both researchers and scholars across the sciences

Fields of interestCoding and Information Theory;

Target groupsResearch

D. Djukić, University of Toronto, ON, Canada; V. Janković, Belgrade University, Belgrade, Serbia; I. Matić, Duke University, Durham, NC, USA; N. Petrović, Texas A&M University at Qatar, Science Department, Doha, Qatar

The IMO CompendiumA Collection of Problems Suggested for The International Mathematical Olympiads: 1959-2009 Second Edition

“The IMO Compendium” is the ultimate collection of challenging high-school-level mathematics problems and is an invaluable resource not only for high-school students preparing for math-ematics competitions, but for anyone who loves and appreciates mathematics. The International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO), nearing its 50th anniversary, has become the most popular and prestigious competition for high-school students interested in mathematics. Only six students from each participating country are given the honor of participating in this competition every year. The IMO represents not only a great opportunity to tackle interesting and challenging mathematics problems, it also offers a way for high school students to measure up with students from the rest of the world.

Features7 Only publication to gather all of the prob-lems given at the IMO from 1959-2009 including both long and short list problems 7 Second edition includes 143 additional problems. First edition sold nearly 2900 copies 7 Best prepara-tion at the high school level for the International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO) 7 All authors are IMO medalists

ContentsPreface.-1. Introduction.-2. Basic Concepts and Facts.-3. Problems.-4. Solutions.-Appendix A. Notations and Abbreviations.-Appendix B. Codes of the Countries of Origin.-References.

Fields of interestMathematics, general

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

XII, 468 p. 2011. XXVIII, 554 p. 42 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $74.95ISBN 978-0-387-72176-7

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. XV, 340 p. 100 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $149.00ISBN 978-0-8176-4903-6

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2nd ed. 2011. XIV, 810 p. 200 illus. (Problem Books in Mathematics) Hardcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9853-8

Page 63: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 53Springer News 4/2011 Mathematics

I. P. Gavrilyuk, Staatliche Studienakademie Thüringen, Eisenach, Germany; M. Hermann, Friedrich Schiller University, Jena, Germany; V. L. Makarov, National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine, Kiev, Ukraine; M. V. Kutniv, Lviv Polytech-nical National University, Lviv, Ukraine

Exact and Truncated Difference Schemes for Boundary Value ODEs

The book provides a comprehensive introduction to compact finite difference methods for solving boundary value ODEs with high accuracy. The corresponding theory is based on exact difference schemes (EDS) from which the implementable truncated difference schemes (TDS) are derived. The TDS are now competitive in terms of efficiency and accuracy with the well-studied numerical algorithms for the solution of initial value ODEs. Moreover, various a posteriori error estimators are presented which can be used in adaptive algo-rithms as important building blocks.

Features7 Contains the first comprehensive and unified theory of compact finite difference methods for the numerical solution of nonlinear boundary value problems of ordinary differential equations (ODEs) 7 Detailed presentation of a class of methods which is very important for applications 7 Geared toward students and professionals with a good background in mathematics

ContentsPreface.- 1 Introduction and a short historical overview.- 2 2-point difference schemes for systems of ODEs.- 3 3-point difference schemes for scalar monotone ODEs.- 4 3-point difference schemes for systems of monotone ODEs.- 5 Difference schemes for BVPs on the half-axis.- 6 Exercises and solutions.- Index.

Fields of interestOrdinary Differential Equations

Target groupsResearch

E. A. González-Velasco, University of Massachusetts, Lowell, MA

Journey through MathematicsCreative Episodes in its History

This book offers an accessible and in-depth look at some of the most  important episodes of two thousand years of mathematical history. Begin-ning with  trigonometry and moving on through logarithms, complex numbers, infinite series,  and calculus, this book profiles some of the lesser known but crucial  contributors to modern day mathematics. It is unique in its use of primary  sources as well as its accessibility; a knowledge of first-year calculus is the  only prerequisite. But undergraduate and graduate students alike will appreciate  this glimpse into the fascinating process of mathematical creation

Features7 An accessible and in-depth look at some of the most important episodes of  about two thousand years of mathematical history 7 Interpretation and analysis of dozens of primary sources, and several  never-before-seen documents translated into English 7 Requires only a knowledge of first-year calculus--an excellent resource for  undergraduates, high school teachers, and anyone interested in the history of  math

ContentsPreface.- 1 Trigonometry.- 2 Logarithms.- 3 Complex Numbers.- 4 Infinite Series.- 5 The Calculus.- 6 Convergence.- Bibliography.- Index.

Fields of interestHistory of Mathematical Sciences; Mathematics, general

Target groupsLower undergraduate

S. Gross, University of Bonn, Germany; A. Reusken, RWTH Aachen, Germany

Numerical Methods for Two-phase Incompressible Flows

This book is the first monograph providing an introduction to and an overview of numerical methods for the simulation of two-phase incom-pressible flows. The Navier-Stokes equations describing the fluid dynamics are examined in combination with models for mass and surfactant transport. The book pursues a comprehensive approach: important modeling issues are treated, appropriate weak formulations are derived, level set and finite element discretization techniques are analyzed, efficient iterative solvers are investigated, implementational aspects are considered and the results of numerical experiments are presented. The book is aimed at M Sc and PhD students and other researchers in the fields of Numerical Analysis and Computational Engineering Science interested in the numerical treatment of two-phase incompressible flows.

Features7 The first monograph that deals with numerical methods for two-phase incompressible flow prob-lems 7 The complete simulation track is treated: from modeling via development and analysis of numerical methods to numerical experiments 7 Results of many numerical experiments are presented that complement in depth mathematical analyses

ContentsIntroduction.- Part I One-phase incompressible flows.- Mathematical models.- Finite element discretization.- Time integration.

Fields of interestComputational Mathematics and Numerical Anal-ysis; Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Mechanical Engineering

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 250 p. (International Series of Numerical Mathematics, Volume 159) Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-0348-0106-5

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. XII, 466 p. 86 illus. Hardcover

7 $79.95ISBN 978-0-387-92153-2

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. XVII, 480 p. 15 illus. in color. (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 40) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19685-0

Page 64: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline54 Springer News 4/2011Mathematics

B. Gustafsson, Uppsala University, Sweden

Fundamentals of Scientific Computing

The book of nature is written in the language of mathematics -- Galileo Galilei How is it possible to predict weather patterns for tomorrow, with access solely to today’s weather data? And how is it possible to predict the aerodynamic behavior of an aircraft that has yet to be built? The answer is computer simulations based on mathematical models – sets of equations – that describe the underlying physical properties. However, these equations are usually much too complicated to solve, either by the smartest mathematician or the largest supercomputer. This problem is overcome by constructing an approximation: a numerical model with a simpler structure can be translated into a program that tells the computer how to carry out the simulation.

Features7 Explanations of the most basic and funda-mental mathematical and numerical principles that makes a thorough understanding of advanced methods easy 7 A unified approach demon-strating the power of mathematics when applied to different types of problems in mathematical and numerical analysis 7 An introductory tutorial for those who have forgotten their calculus and linear algebra, or never had much of it 7 Presentation of important applications in physics and engi-neering, representing the most significant types of mathematical models 7 Numerous illustrations for ease of understanding

ContentsPart I Models and elementary mathematics.- Part II Fundamentals in numerical analysis.- Part III Numerical methods for differential equa-tions.- Part IV Numerical methods for algebraic equations.- Part V Applications.- References.- Index.

Fields of interestComputational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis; Computational Science and Engineering; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences

Target groupsLower undergraduate

A. Isaev, The Australian National University, Canberra, CT, Australia

Spherical Tube HypersurfacesWe consider Levi non-degenerate tube hypersur-faces in complex linear space which are “spherical”, that is, locally CR-equivalent to the real hyper-quadric. Spherical hypersurfaces are characterized by the condition of the vanishing of the CR-curva-ture form, so such hypersurfaces are flat from the CR-geometric viewpoint. On the other hand, such hypersurfaces are of interest from the point of view of affine geometry. Thus our treatment of spherical tube hypersurfaces in this book is two-fold: CR-geometric and affine-geometric. Spherical tube hypersurfaces turn out to possess remarkable properties. For example, every such hypersurface is real-analytic and extends to a closed real-analytic spherical tube hypersurface in complex space. One of our main goals is to give an explicit affine clas-sification of closed spherical tube hypersurfaces whenever possible.

Features7 This is a research monograph which is quite unique in a number of ways 7 However, it is hard to state the main features of the book briefly for non-experts 7 As a result, I am afraid I cannot come up with simple selling points that would be understood by the general reader and even by mathematicians who are not experts in the area of several complex variables

Field of interestSeveral Complex Variables and Analytic Spaces

Target groupsResearch

M. Körner, Institut für Numerische und Angewandte Mathematik, Georg-August-Universität Göttingen, Göttingen 37083, Germany

Minisum HyperspheresThis book presents a self-contained introduc-tion to the theory of minisum hyperspheres. This specialized research area within the larger field of geometric optimization is full of inter-esting and open problems. This work provides an overview of the history of minisum hyperspheres as well as describes the best techniques for devel-oping and solving minisum hypersphere prob-lems. Various related areas of geometric and nonlinear optimization are also discussed. As the first publication devoted to this area of research, this work will be of great interest to graduate-level researchers studying minisum hypersphere problems as well as mathematicians interested geometric optimization.

Features7 The first book dedicated to the topic of minisum hyperspheres 7 Provides a self-contained introduction to the topic 7 Includes an overview of the theory as well problem-solving strategies

Fields of interestGeometry; Optimization

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 344 p. 110 illus., 10 in color. (Texts in Computational Science and Engineering, Volume 8) Hardcover

7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-19494-8

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. 230 p. 1 illus. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Volume 2020) Softcover

7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-19782-6

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. X, 116 p. 24 illus. (Springer Optimization and Its Applications, Volume 51) Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9806-4

Page 65: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 55Springer News 4/2011 Mathematics

H. P. Langtangen, Simula Research Laboratory, Lysaker, Norway

A Primer on Scientific Programming with Python

The book serves as a first introduction to computer programming of scientific applications, using the high-level Python language. The exposition is example- and problem-oriented, where the appli-cations are taken from mathematics, numerical calculus, statistics, physics, biology, and finance. The book teaches “Matlab-style” and procedural programming as well as object-oriented program-ming. High school mathematics is a required back-ground, and it is advantageous to study classical and numerical one-variable calculus in parallel with reading this book. Besides learning how to program computers, the reader will also learn how to solve mathematical problems, arising in various branches of science and engineering, with the aid of numerical methods and programming. By blending programming, mathematics and scientific applications, the book lays a solid foundation for practicing computational science.

Features7 Example-oriented text with all applications taken from science and engineering 7 Aimed at newcomers to programming and Python, but many of the examples are useful for professionals too 7 All examples are accompanied by complete program codes, which can be modified to the read-er's needs 7 Covers both Matlab-style "simple" programming and object-oriented programming 7 Demonstrates how Python can be an alternative to Matlab in scientific computing

Fields of interestComputational Science and Engineering; Programming Techniques; Software Engineering/Programming and Operating Systems

Target groupsUpper undergraduate

D. Schleicher, M. Lackmann, Jacobs University Bremen, Germany (Eds.)

An Invitation to MathematicsFrom Competitions to Research

This Invitation to Mathematics consists of 14 contributions, many from the world’s leading mathematicians, which introduce the readers to exciting aspects of current mathematical research. The contributions are as varied as the personalities of active mathematicians, but together they show mathematics as a rich and lively field of research. The contributions are written for interested students at the age of transition between high school and university who know high school math-ematics and perhaps competition mathematics and who want to find out what current research mathematics is about. We hope that it will also be of interest to teachers or more advanced math-ematicians who would like to learn about exciting aspects of mathematics outside of their own work or specialization. Together with a team of young “test readers’’, editors and authors have taken great care, through a substantial “active editing’’ process, to make the contributions understandable by the intended readership.

Features7 Many contributions by world's leading math-ematicians 7 "Active editing" with readers from target reader group – not only written for young readers, but actually accessible by them 7 Helps bridge the gap between high school and university (for talented students!)

From the contentsPreface: What is Mathematics?.- Welcome.- Struc-ture and Randomness in the Prime Numbers.- How to Solve a Diophantine Equation.- From Sex to Quadratic Forms.- Small Divisors: Number Theory in Dynamical Systems.- How do IMO Problems Compare with Research Prob-lems?.- How do Research Problems Compare with IMO Problems?.- Graph Theory Over 45 Years.- Communication Complexity.- Ten Digit Problems.- The Ever-Elusive Blowup in the Math-ematical Description of Fluids.

Fields of interestMathematics, general

Target groupsLower undergraduate

I. K. Shingareva, C. Lizárraga-Celaya, Universidad de Sonora, Hermosillo, Mexico

Solving Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations with Maple and Mathematica

The emphasis of the book is given in how to construct different types of solutions (exact, approximate analytical, numerical, graphical) of numerous nonlinear PDEs correctly, easily, and quickly. The reader can learn a wide variety of techniques and solve numerous nonlinear PDEs included and many other differential equations, simplifying and transforming the equations and solutions, arbitrary functions and parameters, presented in the book). Numerous compari-sons and relationships between various types of solutions, different methods and approaches are provided, the results obtained in Maple and Mathematica, facilitates a deeper understanding of the subject.

Features7 Presents different approaches for solving nonlinear PDEs and systems 7 Contains numerous examples and comparisons 7 Use of two computer algebra systems, Maple and Math-ematica, enables comparisons between various types of solutions and approaches 7 Compact and understandable programming style of Maple and Mathematica helps to understand and solve nonlinear PDEs and many other differential equa-tions

Fields of interestPartial Differential Equations; Nonlinear Dynamics ; Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2nd ed. 2011. XXIX, 701 p. 50 illus. in color. (Texts in Computational Science and Engineering, Volume 6) Hardcover

7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-18365-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 230 p. 48 illus., 24 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $29.95ISBN 978-3-642-19532-7

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. Approx. 250 p. 10 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0516-0

Page 66: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline56 Springer News 4/2011Mathematics

D. S. Tartakoff, University of Illinois, Chicago, IL, USA

Non-Elliptic Partial Differential EquationsAnalytic Hypoellipticity and the Courage to Localize High Powers of T

This book provides a very readable description of a technique, developed by the author years ago but as current as ever, for proving that solutions to certain (non-elliptic) partial differential equations only have real analytic solutions when the data are real analytic (locally). The technique is completely elementary but relies on a construction, a kind of a non-commutative power series, to localize the analysis of high powers of derivatives in the so-called bad direction. It is hoped that this work will permit a far greater audience of researchers to come to a deep understanding of this technique and its power and flexibility.

Features7 The exposition is generous and relaxed, allowing the reader to come to terms to the tech-nique at their own pace. The main difficulty, local-ization, is approached directly from the beginning with simple examples 7 Numerous applications are included 7 There is no similar book 7 There are other techniques for proving analytic hypoel-lipticity, but each has its own difficulties. While this is elementary but not simple, once the few basic formulas are established the rest is combina-torial in nature, and not conceptually difficult

Contents1. What this book is and is not.- 2. Brief Introduc-tion.- 3.Overview of Proofs.- 4. Full Proof for the Heisenberg Group.- 5. Coefficients.- 6. Pseudo-differential Problems.- 7. Sums of Squares and Real Vector Fields.- 8. \bar{\partial}-Neumann and the Boundary Laplacian.- 9. Symmetric Degeneracies.- 10. Details of the Previous Chapter. -11. Non-symplectic Strategem ahe.- 12. Operators of Kohn Type Which Lose Derivatives.- 13. Non-linear Problems.- 14. Treves’ Approach.- 15. Appendix.- Bibliography.

Fields of interestPartial Differential Equations; Analysis

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. VIII, 280 p. (Developments in Mathematics, Volume 22) Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9812-5

Page 67: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 57Springer News 4/2011 Medicine

M. K. Benson, Nuffield, Orthopaedic Centre, Oxford, UK; J. Fixsen, Great Ormond Street Hospital for Sick Children, London, Uk; M. Macnicol, Royal Hospital for Sick Children and Princess Margaret Rose Ortho-paedic Hospital, Edinburgh, UK; K. Parsch, Depart-ment of Orthopaedic Surgery, Pediatric Centre, Olgahospital, Stuttgart, Germany (Eds.)

General Principles of Children’s Orthopaedic Disease

In this book we discuss how children grow, how to measure this and how to decide whether development falls within normal parameters. It is important not to over-investigate, but, if necessary, which tests and imaging should we choose? We consider how best to look after our patients in hospital, out-patients departments and at home. This leads us to consider problems with the norm, including the more generalised bone and cartilage disorders, most now genetically determined. The section concludes with chapters on infection, arthritis and that most emotive of topics, the tumours of childhood.

Features7 Small comprehensive books 7 Numerous illustrations 7 Concise format 7 State-of-the-art information on Pediatric orthopaedics

ContentsGeneral Principles.- Growth and Its Variants.- Children and Young People with Disability: Management and Support.- Anesthesia and Analgesia in Children.- Paediatric Imaging; Bone, Cartilage, and Fibrous Tissue Disor-ders.- Metabolic and Endocrine Disorders of the Skeleton.- Blood Disorders and AIDS.- Infections of Bones and Joints.- Skeletal Tuberculosis.- Chil-dren’s Orthopaedics in the.- Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis.- Classification, Symptoms, and Medical Treatment.- Surgery for Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis.- Bone Tumors.

Fields of interestOrthopedics; Conservative Orthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

M. K. Benson, Nuffield, Orthopaedic Centre, Oxford, UK; J. Fixsen, Great Ormond Street Hospital for Sick Children, London, UK; K. Parsch, of Orthopaedic Surgery, Pediatric Centre, Olgahospital, Stuttgart, Germany; M. Macnicol, Royal Hospital for Sick Children and Princess Margaret Rose Orthopaedic Hospital, Edinburgh, UK (Eds.)

Children’s Neuromuscular Disorders

The newborn child’s immature nervous system makes early diagnosis of some neurological disor-ders difficult: it is often only the passage of time which clarifies the severity and pattern. Careful analysis of motor skills, vision, hearing and speech allows us to assess milestones. Progress from head control to sitting, standing and the maturation of gait should be orderly. Informed examination and the chapter on gait analysis highlight this develop-ment. Chapters in this book describe neural tube defects, the recognition and management of cere-bral palsy and, lest we forget, poliomyelitis. The book is completed by considering the muscular dystrophies and arthrogryposis.

Features7 Small comprehensive books, containing numerous illustrations 7 Concise format 7 State-of-the-art information on pediatric orthopaedics

ContentsGait Analysis; Neuromotor Development and Examination; Hereditary and Developmental Neuromuscular Disorders; Neural Tube Defects, Spina Bifida, and Spinal 5. Poliomyelitis; Ortho-paedic Management of Cerebral Palsy; Arthrogry-posis multiplex congenita; The Limping Child

Fields of interestOrthopedics; Conservative Orthopedics; Neurology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

M. K. Benson, Nuffield, Orthopaedic Centre, Oxford, UK; K. Parsch, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Pediatric Centre, Olgahospital, Stuttgart, Germany; M. Macnicol, Royal Hospital for Sick Children and Princess Margaret Rose Orthopaedic Hospital, Edin-burgh, UK; J. Fixsen, Great Ormond Street Hospital for Sick Children, London, UK (Eds.)

Children’s Upper and Lower Limb Orthopaedic Disorders

Having considered the more generalised neuro-muscular and skeletal problems of childhood in the previous two books, we concentrate in this book on regional disorders. The upper limb chapters describe foetal development and how this may go wrong. As always, function dominates our management plans although cosmetic consider-ations must be borne in mind. Perinatal brachial plexus injury is analysed and a plea made for early recognition and reconstruction of both plexus lesions and peripheral nerve injuries. The lower limb chapters consider limb deficiency and defor-mity and how best we should manage them. Those prominent afflictions of the child’s hip - dysplasia, Perthes’ disease and epiphyseal slipping - are fully discussed. Chapters on the common conditions affecting the knee, foot and ankle complete this section.

Features7 Small comprehensive books, ontaining numerous illustrations 7 Concise format 7 State-of-the-art information on pediatric orthopaedics

From the contentsDevelopmental Anomalies of the Hand.- The Shoulder and Elbow.- Brachial Plexus Injuries Peripheral Nerve Injuries.- Management of the Injury.- Birth lesions of the brachial plexus Periph-eral nerve injuries.- Leg Deformity and Length Discrepancy.- Classification and Management of Lower Limb Reduction Anomalies.- Leg Length Inequality.- Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip.- Legg–Calvé–Perthes Disease.- Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis.- The Knee.- The Foot.

Fields of interestOrthopedics; Conservative Orthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. VI, 210 p. 309 illus., 62 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $50.00ISBN 978-0-85729-548-4

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. VI, 126 p. 141 illus., 53 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $50.00ISBN 978-0-85729-551-4

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. VI, 220 p. 363 illus., 130 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $50.00ISBN 978-0-85729-560-6

Page 68: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline58 Springer News 4/2011Medicine

A. J. Boulton, University of Manchester, Manchester, UK and Diabetes Research Institute, University of Miami, Miami, FL, USA; L. Vileikyte, University of Manchester, Manchester, UK and University of Miami, Miami, FL, USA

Painful Diabetic Neuropathy in Clinical Practice

Painful Diabetic Neuropathy in Clinical Practice provides a concise, didactic and essential resource for clinicians in the management of neuropathic pain in diabetic patients. This volume opens with overviews of epidemiology, classification and clin-ical features, including a discussion of the negative effect of painful neuropathic symptoms on quality of life. These are followed by a chapter on diagnosis and staging, which includes approaches to history taking, clinical examination, pain assessment scales, testing and staging. The book concludes with a chapter on the various approaches in the management of neuropathic pain, including the most up-to-date guidelines on the pharmacological treatment of this condition. This concise hand-book is an invaluable reference for primary care practitioners and diabetologists who wish to keep up to date with the diagnosis and management of neuropathic pain.

Features7 Lead author is a pre-eminent leader in the field of diabetic neuropathy 7 Concisely written for use in the clinic 7 Bullet-points and tables for easy reference

ContentsIntroduction to Diabetic Neuropathies.- Clas-sification and Clinical Features.- Diagnosis and Staging.- Management of Neuropathic Pain.

Fields of interestDiabetes; Endocrinology; Internal Medicine

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

L. P. Buki, University of Illinois, Champaign, IL, USA; L. M. Piedra, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL, USA (Eds.)

Creating Infrastructures for Latino Mental Health

Latinos are the fastest growing and largest minority group in the United States. In 2008, this group numbered over 47 million; by 2050, the population is expected to triple, reaching 133 million. Traditionally, Latinos have immigrated to large urban centers (e.g., New York, Los Angeles) that over long periods of time developed a complex infrastructure to receive new immigrants. Increasingly, new Spanish-speaking immigrants are moving into areas of the country previously unfamiliar to them. Although urban co-ethnic communities continue to be the destination of many newcomers, immigrants from Mexico, Central America, and South America in pursuit of low-skilled labor opportunities are settling in small towns and rural areas of the South and Midwest.

Features7 Interdisciplinary approach to understanding Latino mental health disparities 7 Systematic and practical approaches on how to remove barriers to mental health care 7 Addresses the mental health needs of a growing yet underserved population

From the contentsLatinos and the Changing Demographic Landscape: Key Dimensions for Infrastructure Building.- Latino Mental Health: Accultura-tion Challenges in Service Provision.- Building Response Capacity: The Need for Universally Available Language Services.- Increasing Service Parity through Organizational Cultural Compe-tence.- Building Infrastructure through Training and Interdisciplinary Collaboration.- Investing in the Future: Expanding Educational Opportunities for First-Generation Latino College Students.- Serving Latino Families Caring For a Person with Serious Mental Illness.- The Plight of Latino Youth in the Juvenile Justice System: Considerations for Mental Health Treatment.

Fields of interestPublic Health/Gesundheitswesen; Cross Cultural Psychology; Social Work

Target groupsResearch

H. Duffau, Hopital Gui de Chauliac, CHU Montpellier, France (Ed.)

Brain MappingFrom Neural Basis of Cognition to Surgical Applications

The goal of this book is to make a link between fundamental research in the field of cognitive neurosciences, which now benefits from a better knowledge of the neural foundations of cerebral processing, and its clinical application, especially in neurosurgery – itself able to provide new insights into brain organization. The anatomical bases are presented, advances and limitations of the different methods of functional cere-bral mapping are discussed, updated models of sensorimotor, visuospatial, language, memory, emotional, and executive functions are explained in detail. In the light of these data, new strategies of surgical management of cerebral lesions are proposed, with an optimization of the benefit–risk ratio of surgery.

Features7 Provides new insights into brain organiza-tion 7 Advances and limitations of the different methods of functional cerebral mapping 7 Written by well-known experts in the fields

ContentsBrain anatomy. - Methods of brain mapping: advances and limitations. - New insights into neuro-cognition provided by brain mapping. - Surgical applications. - Perspectives.

Field of interestImaging / Radiology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupMR

Due April 2011

2011. VIII, 64 p. 20 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $39.95ISBN 978-0-85729-487-6

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 350 p. 6 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9451-6

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. 350 p. 70 illus. Hardcover

7 $229.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0722-5

Page 69: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 59Springer News 4/2011 Medicine

K. Ho, Centres for Health Research, Princess Alexandra Hospital, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia (Ed.)

Growth Hormone Related Diseases and TherapyA Molecular and Physiological Perspective for the Clinician

The molecular era ushered in the cloning of the growth hormone (GH) gene and the production of unlimited amounts of GH through recombi-nant technology.  The continuing momentum of research from basic science to clinical evaluation has brought unprecedented advances to the under-standing of GH biology for the clinical endocri-nologist.   Growth Hormone Related Diseases and Therapy: A Molecular and Physiological Perspec-tive for the Clinician distills all the new informa-tion of relevance to the endocrinologist over the last 20 years by offering five sections: physiology, molecular genetics, GH deficiency, acromegaly and pharmacotherapy.   The first section on physiology focuses on GH action.

Features7 Reviews the major advances in GH biology for the clinical endocrinologist 7 Draws on latest, state-of-the-art information on the developmental biology of the pituitary gland 7 Provides up-to-date clinical and research overview of the function of the GH receptor and the molecular and metabolic pharmacology of GH 7 Provides novel insights into the phenotypic spectrum of GH-related disorders and their therapies

From the contentsGrowth Hormone Receptor in Growth.- Ghrelin in the Regulation of GH Secretion and Other Pituitary Hormones.- Growth Hormone Pulsatility and its Impact on Growth and Metabolism in Humans.- Metabolic Actions of Growth Hormone.- Molecular Genetics of congenital Growth Hormone Deficiency.

Fields of interestEndocrinology; Internal Medicine; Pediatrics

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

O. Hardiman, Beaumont Hospital, Dublin, Ireland; C. P. Doherty, St James’s Hospital, Dublin, Ireland (Eds.)

Neurodegenerative DisordersA Clinical Guide

Neurodegenerative Disorders provides an acces-sible guide to the commonest neurodegenerative diseases, outlining the main clinical features, treat-ment options and outcomes of the conditions most frequently encountered in clinical practice. Begin-ning with an overview of the general principles that underlie degeneration, and the contribution of established and new diagnostics techniques, the book goes on to describe the most common neurodegenerative conditions including Alzheimer Disease; Dementia and Cerebrovascular Disease; Parkinson’s Disease; Fronto-Temporal Dementia; Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis; Huntington’s Disease; Parkinsonism Plus syndromes and Prion Diseases. Final chapters cover important manage-ment issues including the use of palliative care strategies, advance directives and competence. Written by experts in the field internationally Neurodegenerative Disorders is a practical guide for clinicians that will be indispensable for the management of these conditions.

Features7 The book provides a clear overview of the process of neurodegeneration and introduces the reader to a new synthesis of ideas in these disorders as a brief introduction to the cell and molecular biology of the commonest neurodegen-erative diseases 7 Succinct clinical information is given in a standardized format for easy access, including an algorithm at the end of each chapter to assist the reader in quickly and easily accessing key clinical features and diagnostic protocols 7 Comprises all the common neurodegenera-tive diseases, including conditions that may be misdiagnosed, and medical conditions that may mimic neurodegeneration to assist the reader in generating a differential diagnosis

Fields of interestNeurology; Internal Medicine; Geriatrics/Geron-tology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

S. S. Hayreh, University of Iowa, College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa, USA

Ischemic Optic NeuropathiesIschemic optic neuropathy, often referred to as a stroke of the optic nerve, is one of the major causes of visual impairment or loss of vision. Yet it is a highly controversial and confusing subject because of the general lack of in-depth scientific under-standing of the subject. In this book the leading authority in the field describes in detail the current knowledge about the different forms of the often devastating disease. Insights into the underlying pathogenesis and peculiar clinical features are given, leading the reader to the most appropriate way of management. This information will help any physician dealing with patients who suffer from sudden loss of vision.

Features7 First comprehensive description on the various aspects of ischemic optic neuropathy 7 Offers in-depth understanding of the related basic sciences, pathogenesis, clinical features and management of its various types 7 Written by the leading authority in the field

From the contentsTerminology and Types of Ischemic Optic Neurop-athy. basic sciences: Structure of the Optic Nerve.- Blood Supply of the Optic Nerve.- Blood Optic Nerve Barrier.- Factors Influencing the Optic Nerve Head Blood Flow.- Measurement of the Optic Nerve Head Blood Flow. clinical sciences: Optic Disc.- Clinical Evaluation of Patients with Ischemic Optic Neuropathy.- General Character-istics of Giant Cell Arteritis.- Clinical Features of Giant Cell Arteritis.- Diagnostic Criteria for Giant Cell Arteritis.- Ophthalmic Manifestations of Giant Cell Arteritis.- Management of Manage-ment of Giant Cell Arteritis to Prevent Visual Loss.- Pathogenesis of Classical Non-Arteritic Anterior Ischemic Optic Neuropathy.- Pathogen-esis of Some Controversial Non-Arteritic Anterior Ischemic Optic Neuropathy Clinical Entities.

Fields of interestOphthalmology; Neurology; Rheumatology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner Discount group

MC

Due June 2011

2011. Approx. 930 p. 64 illus., 12 in color. (Contemporary Endocrinology) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-60761-316-9

Discount groupMR

Due June 2011

2011. 240 p. 52 illus., 19 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $62.00ISBN 978-1-84996-010-6

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. 350 p. 150 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 $219.00ISBN 978-3-642-11849-4

Page 70: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline60 Springer News 4/2011Medicine

J. Hubbard, Guys & St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, London, UK; W. B. Inabnet, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY, USA; C. Lo, University of Hong Kong, China (Eds.)

Endocrine SurgeryPrinciples and Practice

With the recent surge of interest within the world of endocrine surgery, both in the US and worldwide, and resultant significant changes in the way this surgery is performed, Endocrine Surgery: Principles and Practice caters for those entering this field. The book provides the reader with extensive knowledge and advice on all aspects of the topic, presenting a broad yet concise coverage of endocrine surgery, making this a must-read for residents, specialist registrars in training and for surgeons looking for an up-to-date synopsis of endocrine surgery. The book is split into six sections covering Thyroid, Parathyroid, Adrenal, Pancreas, Carcinoid and Familial Endocrine conditions.

Features7 Written by teams of international experts and provide comprehensive cover of contemporary knowledge in each specialty 7 Written in a concise and readable style, with liberal inclusion of bullet points, lists and tables 7 Part of the Springer Specialist Seurgery Series: presents a broad yet concise coverage of all aspects of the topic

Fields of interestSurgery; Endocrinology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

K. Knahr, Orthopaedic Hospital Vienna-Speising, Austria (Ed.)

Tribology in Total Hip Arthroplasty

During the 2010 EFORT Congress in Madrid, many interesting topics relating to tribology in total hip arthroplasty were discussed during a special day devoted entirely to the subject. So successful was the day, and such was the broad interest in the discussions, that EFORT decided that publication of all the presentations would be warmly welcomed by fellow professionals who were unable to attend. This book is the result. It includes detailed information on the different articulating materials and the wear to which they are subject. The various factors that contribute to bearing performance and control wear are thoroughly evaluated, and careful consideration is given to the technology and design solutions proposed with a view to producing low-wearing hip joints. This book will be of interest both to novices who want to learn more about the field and to experienced orthopaedic surgeons wishing to keep abreast of the latest developments.

Features7 Covers the basics in tribology 7 Analyses in detail the use of ceramics in total hip arthroplast 7 Discusses the effectiveness of new polyethyl-enes 7 Investigates concerns regarding metal wear

Fields of interestSurgical Orthopedics; Traumatic Surgery; Rheu-matology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

K. Miller, Krankenhaus Hallein, Germany

Laparoscopic Gastric BandingThe Operation Primer provides excellent photo-graphic step-by-step guidance to the surgical procedure. It has been produced to describe the operation in the simplest manner possible without over-simplifying. The core of the Operation Primer is the section on Nodal Points, where the surgical key steps are described in detail. This surgical guide book provides essential reference material to surgeons wishing to update their knowledge in this specific area

Features7 Unique view to laparoscopic gastric banding. 7 With many color illustrations 7 Written by an expert 7 Sstate-of-the-art contents

ContentsHasson method (open technique).- Trocar with optical obturator.-Veress needle (closed tech-nique).- acing the working trocars XX Exploring the abdominal cavity.- Identifying the anatomical landmarks.- Dissecting the Pars flaccid; Dissecting the Angle of His.- Introducing the gastric band.- Creating the retrocardial tunnel and connecting the gastric band with Goldfinger™.

Fields of interestSurgery; Abdominal Surgery

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupMR

Due March 2011

2009. XX, 612 p. 215 illus., 116 in color. (Springer Specialist Surgery Series) Softcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-0-85729-516-3

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. 230 p. 100 illus., 50 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19428-3

Discount groupMR

Due March 2011

2011. Approx. 80 p. 10 illus. in color. (Operation Primers, Volume 8) Softcover

7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-3-642-19274-6

Page 71: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 61Springer News 4/2011 Medicine

Y. Nakasato, Sanford Health Systems, Fargo, ND, USA; R. Yung, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA (Eds.)

Geriatric RheumatologyA Comprehensive Approach

The first book dedicated explicitly to the care of elderly patients with rheumatic diseases, this comprehensive resource is a practical guide for navigating the medical concerns of these complex patients.  While patients over 65 years of age comprise roughly 15% of the population, they consume about 50% of rheumatology resources.  This book presents current clinical practices with an eye toward achieving economically sustainable models of care.  The world’s leading authorities have come together to cover the full spectrum of rheumatic diseases, the immune system in aging, and ultrasound evaluation and arthrocentesis.  The book also addresses the milieu of co-morbidities that the clinician may encounter with an older patient, as well as the accompanying concerns about multiple pharmacologic therapies and drug interactions.

Features7 The first book dedicated to the subspecialty of gerontorheumatology 7 Key to understanding the aging process as it relates to musculoskeletal medicine 7 Elucidates the salient clinical aspects of the aging immune system, including inflamm-aging 7 Navigates complex problems of comor-bidities and pharmacotherapy in elderly patients

Fields of interestRheumatology; Geriatrics/Gerontology; Internal Medicine

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

S. Morewitz, Stephen J. Morewitz, Ph.D. & Associates, San Francisco, CA, USA; M. L. Goldstein, Chicago, IL, USA

Chronic Disorders in Children and Adolescents

There has been a significant increase in the preva-lence of certain chronic disorders among children and adolescents. For example, health experts warn of an epidemic of diabetes mellitus due to an increase in the sedentary life style and poor nutri-tion of children. There are many questions still to be addressed in the study of chronic disorders among children and adolescents.What are the risk factors associated with chronic diseases in these populations?What are the major complica-tions that contribute to disability and increased health care utilization and costs? What impact do chronic diseases have on the psychosocial develop-ment? What are the most effective diagnostic, treatment,and rehabilitation strategies? How can patient education and self-management activi-ties be improved to help children and adolescents improve compliance with treatment regimens?

Features7 Nice companion to other titles on chronic disease by Morewitz published by Springer 7 Written from the healthcare administrationper-spective 7 Covers epidemiology, healthcare utilization and costs 7 Also covers clinical issues and psychosocial issues

ContentsChronic Disorders in Children and Adolescents: Epidemiology.- Health Care Utilization and Costs.- Genetic and Chromosomal Disorders.- Cerebral Palsy.- Vision and Hearing Deficits.- Diabetes Mellitus.- Heart Disease and Defects.- Asthma.- Arthritis.- Cancer and Leukemia.- HIV/AIDS.

Fields of interestMedicine/Public Health, general; Maternal and Child Health; Health Administration

Target groupsResearch

M. J. Murphy, University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT, USA (Ed.)

Molecular Diagnostics in Dermatology and Dermatopathology

Molecular Diagnostics in Dermatology and Dermatopathology presents the basics of molec-ular biology and molecular diagnostic methods most commonly used in the clinical laboratory, with an emphasis on the concepts and testing most relevant to dermatological diseases. Topics include the integration of newer diagnostic and prognostic techniques with ‘traditional’ histologic approaches, and discussions of regulatory, ethical, legal, economic issues and ‘newer’ technologies. This important diagnostic tool outlines the clini-cally relevant uses (i.e.; diagnostic, staging and/or prognostic) applications of these techniques in the field of dermatology. Molecular studies that investigate the pathogenesis of skin diseases will be excluded, unless they also have a direct diagnostic utility. The book will be of interest to practicing pathologists, dermatology and pathology residents, dermatologists, and dermatopathologists.

Features7 Molecular studies with direct diagnostic utility 7 Methods most commonly used in the clinical laboratory 7 Integration of newer diagnostic and prognostic techniques

Fields of interestPathology; Dermatology; Molecular Medicine

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupMC

Due June 2011

2011. 263 p. 38 illus., 22 in color. Hardcover

7 $189.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5791-7

Discount groupMR

Due June 2011

2011. 350 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9763-0

Discount groupMR

Due March 2011

2011. XIII, 476 p. 123 illus., 117 in color. (Current Clinical Pathology) Hardcover

7 $239.00ISBN 978-1-60761-170-7

Page 72: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline62 Springer News 4/2011Medicine

V. R. Patel, Global Robotics Institute, Celebration Hospital, Celebration, FL, USA (Ed.)

Robotic Urologic Surgery

Robotic Urologic Surgery, Second Edition is an updated and revised technical manual focusing on the various robotic approaches to robotic urologic surgical procedures. This book provides instructions on how to develop a successful robotics program, learn the various techniques, and improve outcomes. It also aids the reader with helpful hints to avoid pitfalls. Robotic Urologic Surgery, Second Edition includes up-to-date contributions from leading robotic urologic surgeons from around the world. The detailed body of data which this book provides is supported by schematic diagrams and anatomic photographs to illustrate the concept being discussed. Robotic Urologic Surgery, Second Edition is an essential guide for all urologists as a reference to establish a robotics program, refine their surgical technique, and provide information to patients.

Features7 The chapter authors are top robotic urologic surgeons around the world 7 Schematic diagrams and anatomic photographs illustrate the concepts being discussed 7 Instructions on how to develop a successful robotics program and learn the various techniques

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Surgery; Minimally Invasive Surgery

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

E. Sheiner, Be'er-Sheva, Israel (Ed.)

Bleeding During PregnancyA Comprehensive Guide

The phenomenon of bleeding has been shown to appear in up to 22% of all pregnancies and is associated with significant maternal and fetal morbidities, and even mortality. Although vaginal bleeding occurs mainly during the first trimester, it can appear at any stage of pregnancy and in the postpartum period. This sometimes life-threatening event requires an extensive work-up in order to recognize its cause and establish a rapid and effective therapeutic approach. This book is a comprehensive appraisal of this critical condi-tion. It draws on evidence-based data and brings together, in a single volume, updated information on all aspects of pregnancy-related bleeding.

Features7 No other books on the market dealing with specifically this issue 7 Handy diagnostic refer-ence 7 Useful for all health practitioners who treat pregnant women

ContentsClinical approach to pregnancy-related bleeding.- Early pregnancy loss.- Ectopic pregnancy.- Vaginal bleeding and gestational trophoblastic disease.- Gynecological cancer during pregnancy.- Vaginal bleeding and preterm delivery.- Placental abrup-tion.- Placenta previa and placenta accrete.- Vasa previa.- Uterine rupture.- Postpartum hemor-rhage.- Coagulopathy and pregnancy.- The anes-thetic and intensive care management of bleeding in pregnancy.-

Fields of interestObstetrics/Perinatology; Gynecology; Reproduc-tive Medicine

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

R. A. Soslow, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York USA; C. Tornos, Stony Brook Univer-sity Medical Center, Stony Brook NY, USA (Eds.)

Diagnostic Pathology of Ovarian Tumors

Diagnostic Pathology of Ovarian Tumors offers a focus on the pathology of ovarian neoplasia with detailed clinically relevant information for prac-ticing pathologists not found in other more general volumes of gynecologic pathology. This important work focuses almost entirely on strategies for accurate diagnosis and histologic subclassifica-tion, and the clinical correlates of these diagnosis. It provides evolving guidelines for detecting early ovarian cancer in prophylactic specimens; cutting-edge information on enhancing the reproducible and clinically meaningful subclassification of ovarian carcinoma as well as new proposals for ovarian carcinoma grading.

Features7 Includes introductory chapters and clinical correlations 7 Focus on ovarian neoplasia 7 Chapters written by practicing gynecologists 7 Covers the intraoperative diagnosis of ovarian tumors

ContentsIntroduction.- Morphologic Patterns.- Common Diagnostic Discrepancies.- Frozen Section Evaluation.- Ovary Surface Epithelial Pathology introduction.- Surface Epithelial Clinical introduc-tion.- Pathology of Serous tumors.- Pathology of Endometrial tumors.- Pathology of Clear cell tumors.- Pathology of Mucinous tumors.- Uncommon Epithelial Ovarian Tumors.- Meta-static Tumors.- Germ Cell and Sex Cord Stromal Clinical introduction.- Pathology of Germ Cell Tumors.- Sex Cord Stromal Tumors of the Ovary.- Pathology of Mesenchymal and Hematopoietic Tumors.- Tumors of Uncertain Histogenesis.- Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum.- Familial Cancer and Prophylactic Surgery.- Peritoneal Cytology.

Fields of interestPathology; Gynecology; Oncology

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupMR

Due June 2011

2nd ed. 2011. X, 558 p. 278 illus., 241 in color. With online files/update. Hardcover

7 approx. $219.00ISBN 978-1-84882-799-8

Discount groupMR

Due June 2011

2011. 300 p. 39 illus., 13 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9809-5

Discount groupMR

Due June 2011

2011. 360 p. 468 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 $219.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9750-0

Page 73: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 63Springer News 4/2011 Medicine

M. Yazici, Hacettepe University, Ankara, Turkey (Ed.)

Non-Idiopathic Spine Deformities in Young Children

Non-idiopathic early onset scoliosis represents a true challenge to the physician due to the signifi-cance of the ongoing growth of the spine, the risk of curve progression, and the risk of pulmonary insufficiency. A comprehensive review of the growth mechanisms of spine in infancy forms the basis of the book. Clinical evaluation and imaging of early onset scoliosis contribute to the diagnostic overview. The main causes of non-idiopathic early onset scoliosis are briefly described in the second part of the book. The last group of chapters pres-ents the conservative and surgical treatments that are available along with their results, chances and challenges. This comprehensive guide is an oppor-tunity for every specialist involved in the treatment of these severe deformities, to obtain an update of the actual trends and knowledge in the field in a one-point reference.

Features7 Written by international experts in pediatric orthopedics with a focus on spinal medicine 7 One-point reference containing up-to-date knowledge and cutting-edge technologies 7 Official publication of EFORT

ContentsGrowth: Normal and abnormal spine growth. Eval-uation: Clinical evaluation.- Radiologic evaluation. Deformities: Congenital spine deformities.- Neuro-muscular deformities: General considerations.- Cerebral palsy.- Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Spinal Muscular Atrophy.- Other neuromus-cular disorders with spinal deformity. Management: Casting, bracing and traction.- Indication for non-fusion techniques in non-idiopathic scoliosis.- Growth modulation techniques for non-idiopathic early onset scoliosis.- Instrumentation in the childhood spinal deformities: Challenges, problems, limitations and solutions.- Fusionless instrumenta-tion for non-idiopathic spine deformities of young children: The Growing Rod Technique.- VEPTR instrumentation in early onset scoliosis.

Fields of interestOrthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics; Neurosurgery

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. 120 p. 56 illus. in color. Softcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-19416-0

Page 74: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline64 Springer News 4/2011Philosophy

U. Daepp, P. Gorkin, Bucknell University, Lewisburg, PA, USA

Reading, Writing, and ProvingA Closer Look at Mathematics

This book, which is based on Pólya’s method of problem solving, aids students in their transition from calculus (or precalculus) to higher-level mathematics. The book begins by providing a great deal of guidance on how to approach definitions, examples, and theorems in mathematics and ends with suggested projects for independent study. Students will follow Pólya’s four step approach: analyzing the problem, devising a plan to solve the problem, carrying out that plan, and then deter-mining the implication of the result. In addition to the Pólya approach to proofs, this book places special emphasis on reading proofs carefully and writing them well. The authors have included a wide variety of problems examples, illustrations and exercises, some with hints and solutions, designed specifically to improve the student’s ability to read and write proofs.

Features7 A useful appendix of formal definitions that can be used as a quick reference 7 Second edition includes new exercises, problems, and student projects 7 An electronic solutions manual for instructors and individual users

Fields of interestMathematical Logic and Foundations; Elementary Particles, Quantum Field Theory; Nanotechnology

Target groupsLower undergraduate

F. Liu, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China

Reasoning about Preference Dynamics

Our preferences determine how we act and think, but exactly what the mechanics are and how they work is a central cause of concern in many disci-plines. This book uses techniques from modern logics of information flow and action to develop a unified new theory of what preference is and how it changes. The theory emphasizes reasons for pref-erence, as well as its entanglement with our beliefs. Moreover, the book provides dynamic logical systems which describe the explicit triggers driving preference change, including new information, suggestions, and commands. In sum, the book creates new bridges between many fields, from philosophy and computer science to economics, linguistics, and psychology. For the experienced scholar access to a large body of recent literature is provided and the novice gets a thorough introduc-tion to the action and techniques of dynamic logic.

Features7 A logical investigation of the ubiquitous notion of preference, which brings together many areas: philosophy, computer science, game theory, legal reasoning, and social choice theory 7 The first systematic treatment of preference change, and its relation to belief revision 7 A richer model for preference structure which can advance current studies of agency 7 An introduction to modern developments in dynamic logic

From the contentsPreface.- Part I Introduction.- 1. Introduction.- Part II Dynamics of Information.- 2. Dynamic Epistemic Logic.- Part III Preference over Worlds.- 3. Preference over Worlds: Static Logic.- 4. Preference over Worlds: Dynamic Logic.- 5. Entanglement of Preference, Knowledge and Belief.- 6. Intermezzo: A Quantitative Approach.- Part IV Preference from Priorities.- 7. Preference from Priorities: Static Logic.- 8. Belief-based Prefer-ence.- 9. Preference from Priorities: Dynamic Logic.- Part V A Two-Level Perspective on Preference.

Fields of interestLogic; Game Theory/Mathematical Methods; Information Systems and Communication Service

Target groupsResearch

C. Maris, Faculty of Law, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands; F. Jacobs, Faculty of the Humanities, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands (Eds.)

Law, Order and FreedomA Historical Introduction to Legal Philosophy

Translated by: J. de Ville, Faculty of Law, University of the Western Cape, South Africa

The central question in legal philosophy is the relationship between law and morality. The legal systems of many countries around the world have been influenced by the principles of the Enlightenment: freedom, equality and fraternity. The position is similar in relation to the accompa-nying state ideal of the democratic constitutional state as well as the notion of a welfare state. The foundation of these principles lies in the ideal of individual autonomy. The law must in this view guarantee a social order which secures the equal freedom of all. This freedom is moreover funda-mental because in modern pluralistic societies a great diversity of views exist concerning the appro-priate way of life. This freedom ideal is however also strongly contested. In Law, Order and Freedom, a historical overview is given pertaining to the question of the extent to which the modern Enlightenment values can serve as the universal foundation of law and society.

Features7 The most comprehensive account of legal philosophy available 7 The only book in English that explains legal philosophy within the broader context of philosophy 7 The only book to provide an overview of the development of legal philosophy using law, order and freedom as its theme

Fields of interestPhilosophy of Law; Law Theory/Law Philosophy; Political Philosophy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2nd ed. 2011. XIV, 378 p. 56 illus. (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics) Hardcover

7 approx. $74.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9478-3

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. 210 p. (Synthese Library, Volume 354) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1343-7

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 500 p. (Law and Philosophy Library, Volume 94) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-94-007-1456-4

Page 75: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 65Springer News 4/2011 Philosophy

C. Mills, University of Sydney, NSW, Australia

Futures of ReproductionBioethics and Biopolitics

Issues in reproductive ethics, such as the capacity of parents to ‘choose children’ using new tech-nologies, present new challenges to philosophical ideas of freedom, responsibility and harm. This book responds to these challenges by proposing a new framework for thinking about the ethics of reproduction that emphasizes the ways that social norms affect decisions about who is born. The book provides clear and thorough discussions of some of the dominant problems in reproductive ethics - human enhancement and the notion of the normal, reproductive liberty and procreative beneficence, the principle of harm and discrimina-tion against disability - while also proposing new ways of addressing these.

Features7 One of the first available monographs to combine reproductive ethics and post-structuralist philosophy, especially of biopolitics 7 Provides clear, insightful discussion of key issues in reproductive ethics, including liberal eugenics, reproductive liberty, value pluralism, the principle of harm and disability 7 Develops an innovative framework that will have a continuing impact on the way that reproductive ethics is done

From the contents1. Introduction Disability, Gender and Selective TerminationLiberal Eugenics What is biopolitics?.- 2. Normal life: liberal eugenics, value pluralism and normalisation  Introduction Shaping People: human enhancement and normality What is normalisa-tion? The vitality of social norms Conclusion.-  3. Reproductive autonomy as self-making  Intro-duction The presumptive priority of reproductive liberty Enacting freedom: the ethical practice of reproductive autonomy Conclusion.- 4. The limits of reproductive autonomy: prenatal testing, harm and disability Introduction  Disability, harm and the non-identity problem  The expressivist critique of prenatal testing: a defense Conclusion.

Fields of interestEthics; Medical Law; Humanities, general

Target groupsResearch

C. Munthe, Department of Philosophy, Linguistics and Theory of Science, University of Gothenburg, Sweden

The Price of Precaution and the Ethics of Risk

Christian Munthe undertakes an innovative, in-depth philosophical analysis of what the idea of a precautionary principle is and should be about. A novel theory of the ethics of imposing risks is developed and used as a foundation for defending the idea of precaution in environmental and tech-nological policy making against its critics, while at the same time avoiding a number of identified flaws. The theory is shown to have far-reaching practical conclusions for areas such as bio-, information- and nuclear technology, and global environmental policy in areas such as climate change. The author argues that, while the price we pay for precaution must not be too high, we have to be prepared to pay it in order to act ethically defensible. A number of practical suggestions for precautionary regulation and policy making are made on the basis of this, and some challenges to basic ethical theory as well as consumerist societies, the global political order and liberal democracy are identified.

Features7 Presents a novel analysis of the scholarly and scientific debate about the precautionary principle 7 Sets out a comprehensive  overview of the basic theoretical starting points for a sound ethics of risk 7 Presents and argues in favor of an innovative ethical theory about the imposition of risks 7 Discusses the practical implications of the resulting theory of the morality 7 Analyses the political implications

ContentsCONTENTS 1.- INTRODUCTION 2.- DIMEN-SIONS OF PRECAUTION 3.- PRECAUTION AND RATIONALITY 4. ETHICS AND RISKS 5.- THE MORALITY OF IMPOSING RISKS 6.- PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS REFERENCES.- INDEX

Fields of interestEthics; Philosophy of Technology; Political Science

Target groupsResearch

J. Van der Rijt, RU Groningen, Netherlands

The Importance of AssentA Theory of Coercion and Dignity

This book argues that respecting persons as moral agents requires considerable consideration be paid to the subjective moral judgments of individual persons. It shows that such judgments are impor-tant independently of their validity or even their reasonableness. Despite the great emphasis on respect for persons in present-day moral theory, the importance of a person’s subjective moral judgments has largely been neglected in existing literature. The book focuses particularly on the context of coercion and domination, both key notions in moral and political theory. The book combines Kantian and republican insights, two prominent present-day traditions which are rarely brought together even though they share many similar concerns.

Features7 Shows the importance of subjective moral judgments to moral theory and practice 7 Brings together Kantian and republican moral theory 7 Contains a new argument in favour of retribu-tivism based on the dignity of victims 7 Presents a new interpretation of moral law-giving as the basis for the dignity of persons

Fields of interestEthics; Law Theory/Law Philosophy; Political Science

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. X, 160 p. (International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine, Volume 49) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1426-7

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. VIII, 182 p. (The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology, Volume 6) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1329-1

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. X, 145 p. (Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy, Volume 28) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-0765-8

Page 76: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline66 Springer News 4/2011Physics/Astronomy

T. Aranda, Chicago, IL, USA

Annotated Catalogue of 3,000 Deep-Sky Objects

This title is a comprehensive set of visual descrip-tions of deep-sky objects visible from the northern hemisphere/ It is a record of the most extensive and systematic visual survey of the sky ever done in modern times. 3,000 deep-sky objects are listed with short descriptions of the visual appearance in the author’s powerful binocular telescope. Objects in the book are organized by position for easy identification of unknown targets. Full indexes by catalog numbers and names allow searches for specific objects.

Features7 Enables quick and easy location and identifica-tion of 3,000 deep-sky objects 7 Descriptions make for easier practical object recognition than photographs because they are not as affected by aperture, or at all by imaging mode or post-processing 7 Written as the result of a four-year observing project, this is the best source for realistic, accurate, no-nonsense descriptions of deep-sky objects

ContentsPreface.- Part I: Introduction.- The Observing Project: An Overview.- Objects Chosen and Mode of Observing.- Verbal Descriptions vs. Illustrations.- Instrumentation.- The GC/NGC Descriptions and the Herschels.- Observational Parameters in the Descriptions of This Cata-logue.- The Visual Appearance of Deep-Sky Objects.- Binocular Vision.- How to Use this Catalogue.- Part II: The Catalogue.- 0-6 hours: Fall.- 6-12 hours: Winter.- 12-18 hours: Spring.- 18-24 hours: Summer.- Appendix A: Making a Sky Atlas.- Appendix B: Notes on Object Descrip-tions.- Appendix C: The Visibility of Galatic Detail.- Appendix D: Building a Binocular Tele-scope.- Acknowledgements.- Index.

Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular Science in Astronomy

Target groupsPopular/general

P. Barthol, Max Planck Instute for Solar System Research, Katlenburg-Lindau, Germany (Ed.)

The Sunrise Balloon-Borne Stratospheric Solar Observatory

The central aim of the Sunrise project is to under-stand the structure and dynamics of the magnetic field in the solar atmosphere. The magnetic field is the source of solar activity, controls the space environment of the Earth and causes the variability of solar irradiance, which may be a significant driver of long-term changes of the terrestrial climate. Interacting with the convective plasma flow, the magnetic field in the solar photosphere develops intense field concentrations on scales below 100 km, which are crucial for the dynamics and energetics of the whole solar atmosphere. These spatial scales cannot be studied systemati-cally from the ground because of image distortions due to atmospheric turbulence. The balloon-borne Sunrise telescope has, for the first time, provided measurements of the magnetic structure of the solar atmosphere on its intrinsic spatial and temporal scales. The book gives an overview about the instrumentation and the successful flight in 2009.

ContentsThe Sunrise Mission.- The Filter Imager SuFI and the Image Stabilization and Light Distribution System ISLiD of the Sunrise Balloon-Borne Obser-vatory: Instrument Description.- The Imaging Magnetograph eXperiment (IMaX) for the Sunrise Balloon-Borne Solar Observatory.- The Wave-Front Correction System for the Sunrise Balloon-Borne Solar Observatory.

Fields of interestExtraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Meteo-rology/Climatology; Aerospace Technology and Astronautics

Target groupsResearch

P. Blanchard, Unviversität Heidelberg, Germany; D. Volchenkov, University of Bielefeld, Germany

Random Walks and Diffusions on Graphs and DatabasesAn Introduction

Most networks and databases that humans have to deal with contain large, albeit finite number of units. Their structure, for maintaining functional consistency of the components, is essentially not random and calls for a precise quantitative description of relations between nodes (or data units) and all network components. This book is an introduction, for both graduate students and newcomers to the field, to the theory of graphs and random walks on such graphs. The methods based on random walks and diffusions for exploring the structure of finite connected graphs and databases are reviewed (Markov chain analysis). This provides the necessary basis for consistently discussing a number of applications such diverse as electric resistance networks, estimation of land prices, urban planning, linguistic databases, music, and gene expression regulatory networks.

Features7 Written by the experts who have contributed to the original development of the field 7 Offers a lecture-based pedagogical approach for a broad audience 7 Includes detailed benchmarking of theory with diverse real-word applications

From the contentsIntroduction to Permutations, Markov Chains, and Partitions.- Worth Another Binary Relation: Graphs.- Permutations Sieved Through Adjacency: Garph Autormorphisms.- Exploring Undirected Graphs by Random Walks.- Embedding of Graphs in Probabi-listic Euclidean Space.- Random Walks and Electric Resistance Networks.- Random Walks and Diffusions on Directed Graphs and Interacting Networks.- Structural Analysis of Networks and Databases.- When Feedbacks Matter: Epidemics, Synchroniza-tion, and Self-Regulation in Complex Networks.

Fields of interestComplex Networks; Manifolds and Cell Complexes (incl. Diff.Topology); Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory

Target groupsGraduateDiscount group

P

Due June 2011

2011. X, 383 p. 27 illus. in color. (Patrick Moore’s Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover

7 approx. $39.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9418-9

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

Previously published in Solar Physics, Volume 268, Number 1, 2011

2011. 128 p. 65 illus., 44 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9773-9

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 340 p. 5 illus. in color. (Springer Series in Syner-getics, Volume 10) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19591-4

Page 77: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 67Springer News 4/2011 Physics/Astronomy

M. Chaichian, University of Helsinki, Finland; H. C. Perez Rojas, Institute of Cybernetics, Math-ematics & Physics, La Habana, Cuba; A. Tureanu, University of Helsinki, Finland

From the Cosmos to QuarksBasic Concepts in Physics

This book, using a novel combination of historical and conceptual approaches, gives an accessible and eminently readable introduction to the main ideas of modern physics. The first five chapters are devoted to classical physics, from planetary motion to special relativity, always keeping in mind its relevance to questions of contemporary interest. The next six chapters deal mainly with newer developments in physics, from quantum theory and general relativity to grand unified theories, and the book concludes by discussing the role of physics in living systems. A minimal mathematical background is required of the reader, but techni-calities are avoided as far as possible; thus complex calculations are omitted so long as the essential ideas remain clear.

Features7 A clear, concise and beautifully written presentation of modern physics 7 Readers will not only learn physics, they will learn to enjoy it Self-contained and comprehensive 7 History, concepts and formal treatment go hand-in-hand 7 Suppresses mathematical technicalities in favor of a wide scope of topics 7 Suited for class use, particularly revision, but also ideal for "lone explorers" and other newcomers to physics

ContentsGravitation and Newton Laws.- Entropy, Statistical Physics and Information.- Electromagnetism and Maxwell Equations.- Electromagnetic Waves.- The Special Theory of Relativity.- The Atom and Quantum Theory.- Quantum Electrodynamics.- Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Statistics.- The Four Fundamental Forces.- General Relativity and Cosmology.- Unification of the Forces of Nature.- Physics and Life.- Index.

Fields of interestTheoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics; Cosmology; Classical Continuum Physics

Target groupsUpper undergraduate

G. P. Chernov, IZMIRAN, Troitsk, Moscow Region, Russia

Fine Structure of Solar Radio Bursts

The study of the fine structure of solar radio emis-sions is key to understanding plasma processes in the solar corona. It remains a reliable means for both diagnosing the corona and verifying the results of laboratory plasma experiments on wave-wave and wave-particle interactions. This monograph provides a comprehensive review of the fine structure of solar radio bursts. Based on the diversity of experimental data resulting from the progress made in observational techniques, the validity of various theoretical models is reexam-ined. The book serves as an up-to-date reference work for all researchers in this field.

Features7 Provides up-to-date review of the field of Fine Structure of Solar Radio Bursts 7 Discusses latest theoretical models in view of a large diversity of experimental data 7 Author has fourty years of research experience in the field

ContentsPreface.- Acknowledgments.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Pulsations.- 3 Spike bursts.- 4 Zebra pattern and fiber bursts.- 5 Recent results of zebra patterns in solar radio bursts.- References.- Subject Index.

Fields of interestExtraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Astronomy, Observations and Techniques; Astro-physics and Astroparticles

Target groupsResearch

Encyclopedia of Sustainability Science and Technology

Editor-in-chief: R. A. Meyers, RAMTECH Ltd., Larkspur, CA, USA

Sustainability in environmental usage refers to the potential longevity of vital human ecological support systems, such as the planet’s climate system, systems of agriculture, industry, forestry, fisheries and the ocean, and fresh water, together with the impact of human communities, trans-portation systems, and the built environment in general on these natural services. Although defini-tions of “sustainable development” are often stated without reference to the number of people to be supported and at what standard of living, it is clear that we face something like a 50% increase in food demand as early as 2030, while global energy and materials use is expected to grow by 300% over this period. At the same time, the proportion of the population that lives in an urban environment will rise from about 47% to 60%.

Fields of interestPhysics, general; Engineering, general; Chemistry/Food Science, general

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 290 p. 163 illus. (Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics) Hardcover

7 approx. $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-19597-6

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. 320 p. 90 illus., 10 in color. (Astrophysics and Space Science Library, Volume 375) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-20014-4

Discount groupP

Due January 2012

Hardcover2012. 10500 p. 2500 illus. in color. (In 12 volumes, not available separately)

7 $8100.00ISBN 978-0-387-89469-0

eReference2012.

7 $8100.00ISBN 978-1-4419-0851-3

Print + eReference2012. 10500 p. 2500 illus. in color. (In 12 volumes, not available separately)

7 $10150.00ISBN 978-1-4419-0852-0

Page 78: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline68 Springer News 4/2011Physics/Astronomy

G. Gouesbet, G. Gréhan, Université de Rouen, St.-Etienne du Rouvray CX, France

Generalized Lorenz-Mie Theories

The Lorenz-Mie theory, describing the interaction between a homogeneous sphere and an electro-magnetic plane wave, is likely to be one of the most famous theories in light scattering. But, with the advent of lasers and their increasing development in various fields, it has become too old-fashioned to meet most of the modern requisites. The book deals with generalized Lorenz-Mie theories when the illuminating beam is an electromagnetic arbitrary shaped beam, relying on the method of separation of variables. A particular emphasis is stressed on the case of the homogeneous sphere but other regular particles are considered too. An extensive discussion of the methods avail-able to the evaluation of beam shape coefficients describing the illuminating beam is provided, and several methods are discussed.

Features7 Extends the simple theory to the modern generalized Lorenz-Mie theory 7 With many applications 7 Essential reading scientists in experimental fluid dynamic scientists

ContentsBackground in Maxwell’s Electromagnetism and Maxwell’s Equations.- Resolution of Special Maxwell‘s Equations.- Generalized Lorenz-Mie Theories in the Strict Sense, and other GLMTs.- Gaussian Beams, and Other Beams.- Finite Series.- Special Cases of Axisymmetric and Gaussian Beams.- The Localized Approximation and Local-ized Beam Models.- Applications, and Miscella-neous Issues.- Conclusion.

Fields of interestOptics and Electrodynamics; Engineering Fluid Dynamics

Target groupsResearch

K. R. Hazzard, JILA University of Colorado, USA

Quantum Phase Transitions in Cold Atoms and Low Temperature Solids

The primary focus of this thesis is to theoreti-cally describe nanokelvin experiments in cold atomic gases, which offer the potential to revolu-tionize our understanding of strongly correlated many-body systems. The thesis attacks major challenges of the field:  it proposes and analyzes experimental protocols to create new and inter-esting states of matter and introduces theoretical techniques to describe probes of these states.  The phenomena considered include the fractional quantum Hall effect, spectroscopy of strongly correlated states, and quantum criticality, among others. The thesis also clarifies experiments on disordered quantum solids, which display a variety of exotic phenomena and are candidates to exhibit so-called “supersolidity.”  It collects experimental results and constrains their interpretation through theoretical considerations.

Features7 Describes how to create and probe novel phases of matter and non-quasiparticle behavior in cold atomic gases 7 Investigates the future of condensed matter systems by delving into outlooks for future studies 7 Provides insight and theo-retical solutions to current problems in low and ultralow temperature physics

Fields of interestAtomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics; Low Temperature Physics

Target groupsResearch

C. A. Knapek, Max Planck Institute for Extraterrestrial Physics, Garching, Germany

Phase Transitions in Two-Dimensional Complex Plasmas

The two experimental studies reported in this thesis contribute important new knowledge about phase transitions in two-dimensional complex plasmas: in one case a determination of the coupling parameter (ratio of mean potential to mean kinetic energy of the particles in an ensemble), and in the other a detailed character-ization of the non-equilibrium recrystallization of a two-dimensional system. The latter results are used to establish the connection between structural order parameters and the kinetic energy, which in turn gives novel insights into the underlying physical processes determining the two-dimensional phase transition.

Features7 Reports two experiments, each of whose analysis makes an important contribution to understanding 2D complex plasmas 7 Examiners unanimous in awarding highest mark of "summa cum laude" to this work 7 Nominated as an outstanding contribution by Max-Planck-Institute for Extraterrestrial Physics, Garching

ContentsIntroduction.- Complex Plasmas.- Experiments.- Data Analysis Techniques.- Estimation of the Coupling Strength.- Theory of Phase Transitions in 2D Systems.- Recrystallization of a 2D Plasma Crystal.- Summary and Outlook.

Fields of interestPhase Transitions and Multiphase Systems; Plasma Physics; Surface and Interface Science, Thin Films

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Available

2011. XXXVIII, 310 p. 25 illus., 19 in color. Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-17193-2

Discount groupP

Due April 2011

2011. XXIV, 329 p. 32 illus., 8 in color. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

7 $179.00ISBN 978-1-4419-8178-3

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 194 p. 71 illus., 46 in color. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19670-6

Page 79: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 69Springer News 4/2011 Physics/Astronomy

S. Li, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA; B. Sun, Cape Peninsula University of Technology, Cape Town, South Africa (Eds.)

Advances in Soft Matter Mechanics

“Advances in Soft Matter Mechanics” is a compila-tion and selection of recent works in soft matter mechanics by a group of active researchers in the field. The main objectives of this book are first to disseminate the latest developments in soft matter mechanics in the field of applied and computa-tional mechanics, and second to introduce soft matter mechanics as a sub-discipline of soft matter physics. As an important branch of soft matter physics, soft matter mechanics has developed rapidly in recent years. A number of the novel approaches discussed in this book are unique, such as the coarse grained finite element method for modeling colloidal adhesion, entropic elasticity, meshfree simulations of liquid crystal elastomers, simulations of DNA, etc.

Features7 Covers the latest developments in soft matter mechanics and physics from the perspective of applied and computational mechanics 7 Adopts an interdisciplinary synergy, a multiscale para-digm, and computational approach 7 Includes a selection of recent works in soft matter mechanics by a group of active researchers in the field 7 Discusses the application of soft matter mechanics on engineering problems

ContentsMolecular Modeling and Simulations of Proteins.- Modeling and Simulations of DNAs.- Computa-tional Colloidal Continuum Mechanics.- Monte-Carlo Approach to Entropic Elasticity.- Soft Matter Biomaterials.- Soft Matter Modeling of Cells.- Long-rang Order Soft Biological Materials.- Monte Carlo Simulations of Polymers.- Mechanics of semiflexible networks.- Soft matter and fractional mathematics.

Fields of interestSoft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and Microfluidics; Biomaterials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groupsResearch

I. Lindgren, University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Relativistic Many-Body TheoryA New Field-Theoretical Approach

This book gives a comprehensive account of relativistic many-body perturbation theory, based upon field theory. After some introductory chap-ters about time-independent and time dependent many-body perturbation theory (MBPT), the standard techniques of S-matrix and Green’s func-tions are reviewed. Next, the newly introduced covariant-evolution-operator method is described, which can be used, like the S-matrix method, for calculations in quantum electrodynamics (QED). Unlike the S-matrix method, this has a structure that is similar to that of MBPT and therefore can serve as basis for a unified theory. Such an approach is developed in the final chapters, and its equivalence to the Bethe-Salpeter equation is demonstrated. Possible applications are discussed and numerical illustrations given.

Features7 Describes for the first time relativistic many-body perturbation theory, rigorously based upon field theory 7 Provides a unified account of quantum electrodynamics and many-body perturbation theory 7 Synthesizes the techniques of many-body perturbation theory and quantum field theory

From the contentsIntroduction.- Time-independent formalism.- Time-dependent formalism.- S-matrix.- Green’s functions.- Covariant evolution operator and Green’s operator.- Numerical illustrations to Part II.- Covariant evolution combined with electron correlation.- The Bethe-Salpeter equation.- Imple-mentation of the MBPT-QED procedure with numerical results.- Analytical treatment of the Bethe-Salpeter equation.- Regularization and renormalization.- Summary and Conclusions.- Notations and definitions.- Second quantization.- Representations of states and operators.- Dirac equation and the momentum representation.

Fields of interestQuantum Physics; Quantum Optics

Target groupsResearch

J. Rozelot, Observatoire de la Côte d'Azur, Grasse, France; C. Neiner, Observatoire de Meudon, Meudon, France (Eds.)

Pulsation of the Sun and StarsThis volume of lecture notes brings together the knowledge on pulsations of the Sun and the stars, with a particular emphasis on recent observations and modelling, and on the influence of pulsations of other physical processes. The book begins with an extensive introduction to helioseismology. The solar cycle and gravity modes are discussed before the focus is widened from helioseismology to asteroseismology which is detailed in a series of specific chapters. Based on courses given at a graduate school, these tutorial lecture notes will be of interest and useful to a rather broad audience of scientists and students.

Features7 Presents an excellent introduction to the field of helioseismology and asteroseismology 7 Carefully edited school-tested lecture notes With contributions by international experts

ContentsPreface.- General Overview.- Advances in Global and Local Helioseismology: an Introductory Review.- Section 1: The Sun as a Star.- The Quiet Solar Photosphere: Dynamics and Magnetism.- Modeling and Prediction of Solar Cycles Using Data Assimilation Methods.- Amplitudes of Solar Gravity Modes.- Unveiling Stellar Cores and Multipole Moments via Their Flattening.- From Heliosismology to Asterosismology: Some Recent Developments.- Section 2: Stellar Pulsations.- Issues Relating to Observables of Rapidly Rotating Stars.- Seismic Diagnostics for Rotating Massive Main Sequence Stars.- Asymptotic Theory of Stellar Oscillations Based on Ray Dynamics.- Angular Momentum Transport by Regular Gravito-Inertial Waves in Stellar Radiation Zones.- Stochastic Excitation of Acoustic Modes in Stars.

Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Astronomy, Observations and Techniques

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press.

2011. Approx. 475 p. 100 illus., 40 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-19372-9

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. X, 377 p. 84 illus., 2 in color. (Springer Series on Atomic, Optical, and Plasma Physics, Volume 63) Hardcover

7 $169.00ISBN 978-1-4419-8308-4

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 350 p. 110 illus., 10 in color. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 832) Softcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19927-1

Page 80: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline70 Springer News 4/2011Physics/Astronomy

L. Schachter, Technion - Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel

Beam-Wave Interaction in Periodic and Quasi-Periodic Structures

The main theme of this book is the interaction of electrons with electromagnetic waves in the pres-ence of periodic and quasi-periodic structures in vacuum, in view of applications in the design and operation of particle accelerators. The first part of the book is concerned with the textbook-like presentation of the basic material, in particular reviewing elementary electromagnetic phenomena and electron dynamics. The second part of the book describes the current models for beam-wave interactions with periodic and quasi-periodic structures. This is the basis for introducing, in the last part of the book, a number of particle and radiation sources that rest on these principles, in particular the free-electron laser, wake-field accel-eration schemes and a number of other advanced particle accelerator concepts.

Features7 Provides the reader with a self-contained and detailed introduction to the field 7 Contains many end-of-chapter exercises 7 Refers the reader to the relevant literature whenever new concepts are already supported by experiment.

ContentsIntroduction.- Elementary Electromagnetic Phenomena.- Elementary Electron Dynamics.- Models of Beam-Wave Interaction in Slow-Wave Structure.- Periodic Structures.- Quasi-Periodic Structures.- Free-Electron Laser.- Basic Accelera-tion Concepts.- References.- Subject Index.

Fields of interestParticle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Physics; Optics and Electrodynamics; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering

Target groupsResearch

K. Schmid, Max-Planck-Institute of Quantum Optics, Garching, Germany

Laser Wakefield Electron AccelerationA Novel Approach Employing Supersonic Microjets and Few-CycleLaser Pulses

This thesis covers the few-cycle laser-driven acceleration of electrons in a laser-generated plasma. This so-called laser wakefield acceleration (LWFA) relies on strongly driven plasma waves for the generation of accelerating gradients in the range of several 100 GV/m, a value four orders of magnitude larger than that attainable by conven-tional accelerators. This thesis demonstrates that laser pulses with an ultrashort duration of 8 fs and a peak power of 6 TW allow the production of electron energies up to 50 MeV via LWFA. The special properties of laser accelerated electron pulses, namely the ultrashort pulse duration, the high brilliance, and the high charge density, open up new possibilities in many applications of these electron beams.

Features7 Nominated as an outstanding contribution by the Max Planck Institute for Quantum Optics 7 Reports on research that can revolutionize the design and applications of particle accelerators 7 Results of this work will be invaluable in future research on electron beam acceleration

ContentsSupersonic Micro-Jets.-Theory of Compressible Fluid Flow.- Numeric Flow Simulation.- Experi-mental Characterization of Gas Jets.- Few Cycle Laser-Driven Electron Acceleration.- Electron Acceleration by Few-Cycle Laser Pulses: Theory and Simulation.- Experimental Setup.- Experi-mental Results on Electron Acceleration.- Next Steps for Optimizing the Accelerator.- A. Numeric Setup of the Fluid Flow Simulations.- B. Nozzle Designs.

Fields of interestPlasma Physics; Particle Acceleration and Detec-tion, Beam Physics; Optics, Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical Devices

Target groupsResearch

P. Seitz, CSEM SA, Landquart, Switzerland; A. J. Theuwissen, Delft University of Technology, Delft, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Single Photon ImagingThe acquisition and interpretation of images is a central capability in almost all scientific and tech-nological domains. In particular, the acquisition of electromagnetic radiation, in the form of visible light, UV, infrared, X-ray, etc. is of enormous practical importance. The ultimate sensitivity in electronic imaging is the detection of individual photons. With this book, the first comprehensive review of all aspects of single-photon electronic imaging has been created. Topics include theo-retical basics, semiconductor fabrication, single-photon detection principles, imager design and applications of different spectral domains. Today, the solid-state fabrication capabilities for several types of image sensors has advanced to a point, where uncoooled single-photon electronic imaging will soon become a consumer product.

Features7 Uniquely covering all aspects of single-photon electronic imaging 7 Theoretical basics, semi-conductor fabrication, imager design, applications included 7 Features beginning single-photon imaging revolution 7 Acquisition and interpretation of electromagnetic radiation (visible light, UV, infrared, X-ray) images in technological domains presented

From the contentsFundamentals of noise in optoelectronics.- Semi-conductor technology for single-photon image sensing.-Hybrid Avalanche Photodiode Array (APD) Imaging.- Electron Bombarded Semicon-ductor Image Sensors.- Silicon Photomultipliers, SiPM.- Electron-Multiplying CDs, EMCCD.-Monolithic Single-Photon Avalanche Photode-tectors, SPAD.-Single-photon CMOS imaging through bandwidth optimization.-Architectures for low-noise CMOS electronic imaging.-Low-noise electronic imaging with double-gate FETs and charge-modulation devices.

Fields of interestOptics, Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical Devices; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Atomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics

Target groupsGraduate

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2nd ed. 2011. 400 p. (Particle Acceleration and Detection) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-3-642-19847-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 185 p. 69 illus., 24 in color. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-19949-3

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 310 p. 220 illus. (Springer Series in Optical Sciences, Volume 160) Hardcover

7 $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-18442-0

Page 81: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 71Springer News 4/2011 Physics/Astronomy

D. B. Sirdeshmukh, Kakatiya University, Warangal, India; L. Sirdeshmukh, Kakatiya University, Hyder-abad, Andra Pradesh, India; K. Subhadra, Kakatiya University, Secunderabad, Andra Pradesh, India

Atomistic Properties of SolidsThe book deals with atomistic properties of solids which are determined by the crystal structure, interatomic forces and atomic displacements influenced by the effects of temperature, stress and electric fields. The book gives equal impor-tance to experimental details and theory. There are full chapters dedicated to the tensor nature of physical properties, mechanical properties, lattice vibrations, crystal structure determina-tion and ferroelectricity. The other crystalline states like nano-, poly-, liquid- and quasi crystals are discussed. Several new topics like nonlinear optics and the Rietveld method are presented in the book. The book lays emphasis on the role of symmetry in crystal properties. Comprehensive-ness is the strength of the book; this allows users at different levels a choice of chapters according to their requirements.

Features7 Describes the properties of solids in a compre-hensive way 7 Provides information on crystal-lographic specificity of various kinds of material 7 Covers both the experimental and the theo-retical approach 7 The large number of tables and figures helps in understanding

ContentsIntroduction.- Crystal growth.- Crystallography.- Diffraction of radiation by crystals.- Crystal struc-ture determination.- Cohesion.- Tensor nature of crystal properties.- Mechanical properties.- Thermal properties.- Lattice vibrations.- Dielectric properties.- Pyro-, Piezo- and ferroelectricity.- Optical properties of insulators.- Defects in crystals: I Point defects.- Defects in crystals: II Dislocations.- The other crystalline states (quasi crystals, nano crystals, polycrystals, thin films, liquid crystals).

Fields of interestSolid State Physics; Characterization and Evalua-tion of Materials; Physical Chemistry

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 600 p. 400 illus. (Springer Series in Materials Science, Volume 147) Hardcover

7 $199.00ISBN 978-3-642-19970-7

Page 82: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline72 Springer News 4/2011Popular Science

R. B. McKenzie, University of California, Paul Merage School of Business, Irvine, USA

HEAVY!The Surprising Reasons America Is the Land of the Free – And the Home of the Fat

America has become the heaviest country in the world. This book lays out the unheralded mainly economic reasons for the country’s weight gain and mainly unheralded economic consequences of the weight gain.

Features7 Provides an accessible discussion of America's weight gain 7 It provides a variety of surprising reasons for the country's (and world's) weight gain (relating to the growth in world trade freedom, the downfall of communism, the spread of free-market economics, the rise of woman's liberation, and the fall in real minimum wage) 7 Provides discus-sions of unheralded consequences of the country's weight gain (greater fuel consumption and emissions of greenhouse gases, growth in health insurance costs, reductions in the wages of heavy people, and required reenforcement of rescue equipment) 7 Explains the economic foundation of the coming "fat (policy) war" over proposed fat taxes and bans

ContentsChapter 1 – Crowding Out.- Chapter 2 – Fat Facts.- Chapter 3 – Fat Gene.- Chapter 4 – Fat Economics.- Chapter 5 – Fat Addiction.- Chapter 6 – Fat Consequences.- Chapter 7 – Smoking War.- Chapter 8  – Fat Taxes, Bans, and Discrimination.- Chapter 9 – Dieting for Dollars.- Chapter 10 – Fat Freedom.

Fields of interestScience, general; Economics/Management Science, general; Medicine/Public Health, general

Target groupsPopular/general

Discount groupP

Due August 2011

2011. X, 290 p. 1 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $29.95ISBN 978-3-642-20134-9

Page 83: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 73Springer News 4/2011 Psychology

C. Blazina, G. Boyra, D. Shen-Miller, Tennessee State University, Nashville, TN, USA (Eds.)

The Psychology of the Human-Animal BondA Resource for Clinicians and Researchers

There have been dramatic increases in the finan-cial, emotional, and psychological investment in pets over the past four decades. The increasing importance of animal companions in people’s lives has resulted in growing emphasis on the human-animal bond within academic literature. This book introduces practicing and emerging professionals to vital subject matter concerning this growing specialty area by providing an essential framework and information through which to consider the unique contextual backdrop of the human-animal bond. Such contexts include a wide array of themes including: issues of attachment and loss, success and frustration with making and sustaining connections, world views regarding animal ethics, familial history of neglect or abuse, and cultural dynamics that speak to the order of things between mankind and nature.

Features7 Extends current literature by utilizing a thematic approach based on a larger contextual conceptualization of various influences shaping the human-animal bond 7 Includes perspectives from beyond the scope of psychology and mental health such as anthropology, philosophy, literature, religion, and history 7 Assembles an interna-tional roster of scholars and cliniciansHuman-Animal Bond: An Overview.

Fields of interestHealth Psychology; Rehabilitation; Social Work

Target groupsResearch

I. Brdar, University of Rijeka, Department of Psychology, Faculty of Arts and Sciences, Croatia (Ed.)

The Human Pursuit of Well-BeingA Cultural Approach

This book brings together the latest research on positive psychology from an international cast of researchers and particularly from the growing body of European researchers. The chapters describe research and practice from diverse fields of positive psychology, covering topics such as happiness and well-being, motivation and goals, personality, academic performance and coping, measurement and interventions. The book empha-sizes a cultural approach to the human pursuit of well-being. It is unique in that it presents research from a range of cultures, such as Russia, Croatia, and Egypt, in addition to ten different Western cultures. This approach helps broaden our under-standing of those aspects of human experience that make life worth living in diverse cultural conditions. The book includes well-known and new authors from the field and contains selected papers that were presented at the 4th European Conference of Positive Psychology held in 2008 in Croatia.

Features7 One of the few books that brings together European researchers in positive psychology 7 Presents research in Positive Psychology from different cultures

Fields of interestPersonality and Social Psychology; Quality of Life Research; Health Psychology

Target groupsResearch

D. Jedlicka, University of Texas at Tyler, Tyler, TX, USA

AffinographA Dynamic Method for Assessment of Individuals, Couples, Families, and Households

The need for a new method for assessment and imaging of families, couples, and individuals has emerged in response to changes in family forms during the twentieth century. In the twentieth century divorce, remarriage, out-of wedlock child bearing, and alternate life styles have replaced monogamy as predominant form of marriage and the family. The methods of representation and assessment on the other hand remain based on the nineteenth century eugenics models embedded in the modern day genograms. This book is based on the premise that changes in family structure require changes in methods of representation, assessment, research, and teaching.

Features7 Provides a model that uses relationships not individuals as fundamental units of analysis 7 Links individual experience with theoretical and pedagogical models 7 Presents a heuristic device for twenty-first century families 7 Exam-ines the full scope of relationships, from short-term to life-long

ContentsIntroduction: What is an Affinograph?- Why Affinographs?- Constructing Affinographs.- Crit-ical Issues in Protecting Children and Servicing Families.- Patterns of Divorce and Remarriage.- An Affinograph Method of Assessing Same Gender Couples.- Affiars and Ephemeral Relations with Lasting Consequences.- Focused Affinographs in Family Therapy.- Affinology: The Affinograph Method for Genealogy.- Future of the Affinograph.

Fields of interestPsychotherapy and Counseling; Social Work; Psychotherapy

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 400 p. 6 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9760-9

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XV, 215 p. 35 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1374-1

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 180 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9394-6

Page 84: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline74 Springer News 4/2011Psychology

A. Konzelmann Ziv, K. Lehrer, H. Schmid, University of Basel (Eds.)

Self-EvaluationAffective and Social Grounds of Intentionality

The book contains contributions by leading figures in philosophy of mind and action, emotion theory, and phenomenology. As the focus of the volume is truly innovative we expect the book to sell well to both philosophers and scholars from neighboring fields such as social and cognitive science. The predominant view in analytic philosophy is that an ability for self-evaluation is constitutive for agency and intentionality. Until now, the debate is limited in two (possibly mutually related) ways: Firstly, self-evaluation is usually discussed in individual terms, and, as such, not sufficiently related to its social dimensions; secondly, self-evaluation is viewed as a matter of belief and desire, neglecting its affective and emotional aspects. The aim of the book is to fill these research lacunas and to inves-tigate the question of how these two shortcomings of the received views are related.

Features7 Provides a novel approach in the research of self-reflection, shifting the focus from knowledge to evaluation 7 Reveals specific dependencies of self-reflection on emotional and social attitudes 7 First collection of recent philosophical work on specifically evaluative ways of self-reflection

Fields of interestCognitive Psychology; Philosophy of Mind; Social Sciences, general

Target groupsResearch

D. C. Maynard, Department of Psychology, SUNY at New Paltz, New Paltz, NY, USA; D. C. Feldman, Terry College of Business, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA (Eds.)

UnderemploymentPsychological, Economic, and Social Challenges

Underemployment – when people are employed in some way that is insufficient, such as being over-qualified or working part-time when one desires full-time employment – is a challenge faced by all industrialized nations and their organizations and individuals. Just like unemployment, some level of underemployment exists even in the best of times, but it becomes more pervasive when the job market is weak. Given the current economic climate in North America and abroad, researchers and scholars in various disciplines (psychology, business, sociology, economics) are becoming more interested in investigating the effects of underemployment and identifying possible practical solutions. Underemployment synthesizes the current understanding of the phenomenon by bringing together scholars with diverse perspec-tives and expertise with the aim of informing and guiding the next generation of underemployment research.

Features7 Offers a comprehensive review of the phenom-enon of underemployment 7 Provides an interdisciplinary perspective 7 Covers all facets of underemployment Includes theoretical and methodological issues

Fields of interestIndustrial and Organisational Psychology; Soci-ology; Economics general

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. X, 260 p. (Philosophical Studies Series, Volume 116) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1265-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. 260 p. Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9412-7

Page 85: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 75Springer News 4/2011 Social Sciences

E. Hanappi-Egger, University of Economics and Business (WU), Vienna, Austria

The Triple M of Organizations: Man, Management and Myth

What has management to do with myths? And how does gender enter the stage? This book identifies frequently used key arguments in gender discussions on management and organizations and will unmask them as myths. Be it that management is rational, be it that organizations are gender-neutral, be it that women will change technology, will be shown to be a set of superficial declarations not withstanding critical scrutiny. All the “reasons” for gender-specific organizational phenomena will be proved to exist simply to maintain power structures and thereby systematically (but subtly) reproduce dominant organizational cultures and stabilize taken-for-granted knowledge in particular with respect to gender issues.The demystification of selected organizational phenomena is based upon several of the author’s recent research proj-ects and empirical studies.

Features7 Selected (gendered) management myths are demystified and unmasked as tricky features in organizational power games 7 The most frequently used arguments in gender discussion related to organizations are addressed 7 The scientific underpinning is informative for scientists as well as for other people (in economics and management) involved in political discussions on gender politics 7 The rich empirical mate-rial depicts many case-studies of organizational gendered processes

ContentsCHAPTER 1 Man and Management .- CHAPTER 2 Management and Myth.- CHAPTER 3. Myth and Man. - CHAPTER IV: Myth-building in manage-ment: intentional story telling?

Field of interestSocial Work

Target groupsProfessional/practitioner

C. Leukefeld, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY; T. P. Gullotta, Connecticut State University, New London, CT; J. Gregrich, Columbia, MD, USA (Eds.)

Handbook of Evidence-Based Substance Abuse Treatment in Criminal Justice Settings

Get high. Become addicted. Commit crimes. Get arrested and be sent to jail. Get released. Repeat. It’s a cycle often destined to persist, in large part because the critical step that is often missing in the process, which is treatment geared toward ensuring that addicts are able to reenter society without the constant threat of imminent relapse.The Handbook of Evidence-Based Substance Abuse Treatment in Criminal Justice Settings probes the efficacy of corrections-based drug inter-ventions, particularly behavioral treatment. With straightforward interpretation of data that reveals what works, what doesn’t, and what needs further study, this volume navigates readers through the criminal justice system, the history of drug treat-ment for offenders, and the practical problems of program design and implementation. Proba-tion and parole issues as well as concerns specific to special populations such as women, juvenile offenders, and inmates living with HIV/AIDS are also examined in detail.

Features7 Explores issues of community reentry, continuity of care, and the need for evidence- based practices in treating substance abusers 7 Explains how community aftercare and continued treatment have been proved effective in improving outcomes after prison 7 Discusses the critical, integrated roles that research and practice provide for promising and evidence-based criminal justice practices related to misuse and addiction

Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Psychotherapy and Counseling; Clinical Psychology

Target groupsResearch

A. Myers, Stanford University, Palo Alto, CA, USA; G. Moshenska, University College, London, UK (Eds.)

Archaeologies of InternmentThe internment of civilian and military pris-oners became an increasingly common feature of conflicts in the twentieth century and into the twenty-first. Prison camps, though often hastily constructed and just as quickly destroyed, have left their marks in the archaeological record. Due to both their temporary nature and their often sensi-tive political contexts, places of internment present a unique challenge to archaeologists and heritage managers. As archaeologists have begun to explore the material remains of internment using a range of methods, these interdisciplinary studies have demonstrated the potential to connect individual memories and historical debates to the fragmen-tary material remains.

Features7 Presents a new methodological approach for studying archaeology of internment 7 Sheds light on often overlooked archaeological sites 7 Contains international case studies with broad theoretical applications

From the contentsChapter 1. An Introduction to Archaeologies of Internment by Gabriel Moshenska and Adrian Myers.- Chapter 2. Exceptional Space: Concentra-tion Camps and Labor Compounds in Late19th Century South Africa by Lindsay Weiss.- Chapter 3. A Tale of Two Treatments: The Materiality of Internment on the Isle of Man in the World Wars by Harold Mytum.- Chapter 4. The Archaeology of Internment in Francoist Spain (1936-1952) byAlfredo González-Ruibal.- Chapter 5. The Things of Auschwitz by Adrian Myers.- Chapter 6. Gordon Hirabayashi, the Tucsonians and the U.S. Constitution:Negotiating Reconciliation in a Land-scape of Exile by Mary Farrell and Jeff Burton.- Chapter 7. Control or Repression: Contrasting a Prisoner of War Camp and a WorkCamp from World War Two by Iain Banks.

Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage

Target groupsResearchDiscount group

P

Due April 2011

2011. VIII, 189 p. 18 illus. (Interdisciplinary Studies in Economics and Management, Volume 6) Hardcover

7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-7091-0555-9

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 475 p. (Issues in Children’s and Families’ Lives, Volume 11) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9469-1

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. XXV, 200 p. 100 illus. (One World Archaeology) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9665-7

Page 86: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline76 Springer News 4/2011Social Sciences

M. Poblet, Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona, Faculty of Law, Bellaterra, Spain (Ed.)

Mobile Technologies for Conflict ManagementOnline Dispute Resolution, Governance, Participation

Mobile phones are the most ubiquitous commu-nications technology in the world. Besides transforming the way in which we communicate, they can also be used as a powerful tool for conflict prevention and management. This book presents innovative uses of mobile technologies in the areas of early warning, disaster and humanitarian relief, governance, citizens’ participation, etc. and cuts across different regions. The book brings together experts and practitioners from different fields—mobile technologies, information systems, computer sciences, online dispute resolution, law, etc.—to reflect on present experiences and to explore new areas for research on conflict manage-ment and online dispute resolution (ODR). It also reflects on the transition from present ODR to future mobile Dispute Resolution and discusses key privacy issues.

Features7 This is the first book on mobile conflict management 7 The book offers a new horizon to ODR 7 Presents innovative uses of mobile technologies 7 Of interest to anyone involved in conflict prevention and dispute management

Fields of interestPolitical Science; Computers and Society; Euro-pean Law/Public International Law

Target groupsResearch

N. Schofield, Washington University in St.-Louis, St. Louis, MI, USA; G. Caballero, University of Vigo, Vigo, Spain (Eds.)

Political Economy of Institutions, Democracy and Voting

This book presents the latest research  in the field of Political Economy, dealing with the integration of economics and politics and the way institutions affect social decisions. The authors are eminent scholars from the U.S., Canada, Britain, Spain, Italy, Mexico and the Philippines. Many of them have been influenced by Nobel laureate Douglass North, who pioneered the new institutional social sciences, or by William H. Riker who contrib-uted to the field of positive political theory. The book focuses on topics such as: case studies in institutional analysis; research on war and the formation of states; the analysis of corruption; new techniques for analyzing elections, involving game theory and empirical methods; comparing elec-tions under plurality and proportional rule, and in developed and new democracies.

Features7 Presents latest research in the field of Political Economy 7 Focuses on topics such as war and the formation of states, analysis of corruption 7 Provides new techniques for analysing elec-tions, including the connection between game-theoretic and empirical methods 7 Offers a comparison of developed and new democracies, and of elections under plurality and proportional rule

Fields of interestPolitical Science; Public Finance & Economics; Economic Theory

Target groupsResearch

J. S. Siegel, J. Stuart Siegel Demographic Services, North Bethesda, USA

The Demography and Epidemiology of Human Health and Aging

S. J. Olshansky, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, USA

With this book, Siegel, an internationally known demographer and gerontologist, has made a unique contribution to the fledgling fields of health demography, and the demography and epidemiology of aging. The book represents a felicitous union of epidemiology, gerontology, and demography, and appears to be  the first and only comprehensive text on this subject now available. Drawing on a wide range of sciences in addition to demography, gerontology, and epidemiology, including medical sociology, biostatistics, public policy, bioethics, and molecular biology, the author treats theoretical and applied issues, links methods and findings, covers the material internationally, nationally, and locally, and while focusing on the elderly, treats the entire life course.

Features7 Comprehensive coverage of health demography and the demography/epidemiology of aging 7 First and only major book synthezing the masses of materials and methods of health demog-raphy 7 First multidisciplinary book-length exposition in the field, merging a wide range of social and biological sciences 7 First comprehen-sive volume in the field of health demography

Fields of interestDemography; Epidemiology; Aging

Target groupsResearchDiscount group

P

Due June 2011

2011. Approx. 200 p. 10 illus. (Law, Governance and Technology Series, Volume 2) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-94-007-1383-3

Discount groupP

Due May 2011

2011. 450 p. 56 illus., 16 in color. Hardcover

7 $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-19518-1

Discount groupMR

Due July 2011

2011. XV, 670 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-94-007-1314-7

Page 87: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline 77Springer News 4/2011 Statistics

P. Alquier, Université Paris 7 and ENSAE ParisTech – CREST, Paris, France; E. Gautier, CREST, Malakoff, France; G. Stoltz, CNRS - Ecole normale supérieure & HEC Paris, France (Eds.)

Inverse Problems and High-Dimensional EstimationStats in the Château Summer School, August 31–September 4, 2009

The “Stats in the Château” summer school was held at the CRC château on the campus of HEC Paris, Jouy-en-Josas, France, from August 31 to September 4, 2009, an event organized jointly by faculty members of three French academic institutions — the ENSAE ParisTech, the Ecole Polytechnique ParisTech, and the HEC Paris — who cooperate through a scientific foundation devoted to the decision sciences. This volume presents the state of the art on ill-posed statistical inverse problems and high-dimensional estima-tion, emphasizing their applications to economics in both lecture notes and original research articles.

Features7 An excellent review of the state of the art written by leaders in their domain 7 Applications of recent estimation techniques to quantitative analysis in economics are performed 7 The two lecture notes chapters can be used for a graduate course

From the contentsPart I Lecture Notes on Inverse Problems: Inverse Problems in Statistics (Laurent Cavalier).- Part II Invited Contribution on Inverse Problems: Non Parametric Models with Instrumental Variables (Jean-Pierre Florens).- Part III Lecture Notes on High-Dimensional Estimation: High Dimensional Sparse Econometric Models: An Introduction (Alexandre Belloni and Victor Chernozhukov).- Part IV Invited Contributions on High-Dimen-sional Estimation: Model selection in Gaussian regression for high-dimensional data (Felix Abramovich and Vadim Grinshtein).

Fields of interestStatistics, general; Economics/Management Science, general; Mathematics, general

Target groupsResearch

R. Christensen, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, USA

Plane Answers to Complex QuestionsThe Theory of Linear Models

This textbook provides a wide-ranging intro-duction to the use and theory of linear models for analyzing data. The author’s emphasis is on providing a unified treatment of linear models, including analysis of variance models and regres-sion models, based on projections, orthogonality, and other vector space ideas. Every chapter comes with numerous exercises and examples that make it ideal for a graduate-level course. All of the stan-dard topics are covered in depth: ANOVA, estima-tion including Bayesian estimation, hypothesis testing, multiple comparisons, regression analysis, and experimental design models. In addition, the book covers topics that are not usually treated at this level, but which are important in their own right: balanced incomplete block designs, testing for lack of fit, testing for independence, models with singular covariance matrices, variance component estimation, best linear and best linear unbiased prediction, collinearity, and variable selection.

Features7 Updated version of a classic textbook in Statistics 7 Focus on Fisherian inference, rather than the previous blend of Fisherian and Neyman–Pearson inference 7 Illustrates the practical application of the projective approach to linear models

ContentsIntroduction.- Estimation.- Testing.- One-Way ANOVA.- Multiple Comparison Techniques.- Regression Analysis.- Multifactor Analysis of Variance.- Experimental Design Models.- Analysis of Covariance.- General Gauss-Markov Models.- Split Plot Models.- Mixed Models and Variance Components.- Model Diagnostics.- Variable Selec-tion.- Collinearity and Alternative Estimates.-

Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods

Target groupsResearch

A. DasGupta, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA (Ed.)

Selected Works of Debabrata Basu

This book contains a little more than 20 of Debabrata Basu’s  most significant articles and writings. Debabrata Basu is internationally  known for his highly influential and fundamental contri-butions  to the foundations of statistics, survey sampling, sufficiency,  and invariance. The major theorem bearing his name has had numerous  applications to statistics and probability. The articles in this volume  are reprints of the original articles, in a chronological order. The  book also contains eleven commentaries written by some of the most  distinguished scholars in the area of foundations and statistical  inference. These commentaries are by George Casella and V. Gopal,  Phil Dawid, Tom DiCiccio and Alastair Young, Malay Ghosh, Jay kadane,  Glen Meeden, Robert Serfling, Jayaram Sethuraman, Terry Speed, and  Alan Welsh.

Features7 Includes original commentaries on Basu's work by ten leading statisticians 7 Includes complete bibliography 7 All major articles available in one volume

Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods

Target groupsResearch

Discount groupP

Due July 2011

2011. XIV, 204 p. 12 illus. (Lecture Notes in Statistics / Lecture Notes in Statistics - Proceedings, Volume 203) Softcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-19988-2

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

4th Ed. 2011. XXII, 496 p. 29 illus. (Springer Texts in Statistics) Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9815-6

Discount groupP

Available

2011. XX, 480 p. (Selected Works in Probability and Statistics) Hardcover

7 $199.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5824-2

Page 88: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/NEWSonline78 Springer News 4/2011Statistics

E. Lehmann, Berkeley, CA, USA

Fisher, Neyman, and the Creation of Classical Statistics

Prepared by: J. Shaffer, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA

Classical statistical theory—hypothesis testing, estimation, and the design of experiments and sample surveys—is mainly the creation of two men:  Ronald A. Fisher (1890-1962) and Jerzy Neyman (1894-1981).  Their contributions sometimes complemented each other, sometimes occurred in parallel, and, particularly at later stages, often were in strong opposition.  The two men would not be pleased to see their names linked in this way, since throughout most of their working lives they detested each other.  Never-theless, they worked on the same problems, and through their combined efforts created a new discipline. This new book by E.L. Lehmann, himself a student of Neyman’s, explores the rela-tionship between Neyman and Fisher, as well as their interactions with other influential statisti-cians, and the statistical history they helped create together. Lehmann uses direct correspondence and original papers to recreate an historical account of the creation of the Neyman-Pearson Theory as well as Fisher’s dissent, and other important statistical theories.

Features7 Written by the pre-eminent E. L Lehman 7 Examines the history of statistics through the personal and professional relationships of Neyman and Fisher, two of the discipline's most influential contributors 7 Creates a personal account of the creation of hypothesis testing, estimation, and the design of experiments and sample surveys

Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods

Target groupsPopular/general

Discount groupP

Due June 2011

2011. IV, 150 p. 8 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $34.95ISBN 978-1-4419-9499-8

Page 89: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/librarybooks 79Springer News 4/2011 Proceedings

Conference Proceedings

Dover (Eds), Lepidoptera Conservation in a Changing World. 2011ISBN 978-94-007-1441-07 approx. $239.00

Hesselbach (Eds), Proceedings of the 3rd CIRP International Conference on Industrial Product Service Systems, Technische Universität Braun-schweig, Braunschweig, Germany,. 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19688-17 $259.00

Hesselbach (Eds), Proceedings of the 18th CIRP International Conference on Life Cycle Engineering, Technische Universität Braun-schweig, Braunschweig, Germany, May 2nd - 4. 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19691-17 $399.00

Peacock (Eds), Pedestrian and Evacuation Dynamics. 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9724-17 approx. $259.00

Astrophysics and Space Science

Orchiston (Eds), Highlighting the History of Astronomy in the Asia-Pacific Region (Astro-physics and Space Science Proceedings). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-8160-87 approx. $259.00

Communications in Computer and Information Science

Das (Eds), Computer Networks and Information Technologies. CNC 2011 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 142). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19541-97 approx. $129.00

Filipe (Eds), Agents and Artificial Intelligence. ICAART 2010 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 129). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19889-27 approx. $79.95

Qi (Ed), Information and Automation. ISIA 2010 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 86). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19852-67 approx. $139.00

Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series

Proulx (Ed), Application of Imaging Techniques to Mechanics of Materials and Structure, Volume 4 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 14). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9528-57 $259.00

Proulx (Ed), Dynamics of Civil Structures, Volume 4 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 13). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9830-97 approx. $199.00

Proulx (Ed), Experimental and Applied Mechanics, Volume 6 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 17). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9497-47 approx. $259.00

Proulx (Ed), Experimental Mechanics on Emerging Energy Systems and Materials, Volume 5 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 16). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9493-67 approx. $259.00

Proulx (Ed), Nonlinear Modeling and Applications, Volume 2 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 11). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9718-07 approx. $199.00

Proulx (Ed), Sensors, Instrumentation and Special Topics, Volume 6 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 9). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9506-37 $199.00

Proulx (Ed), Structural Dynamics and Renewable Energy, Volume 1 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 10). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9715-97 approx. $259.00

Proulx (Ed), Structural Dynamics, Volume 3 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 12). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9833-07 approx. $399.00

Proulx (Ed), Time Dependent Constitutive Behavior and Fracture/Failure Processes, Volume 3 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 15). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9498-17 approx. $259.00

Proulx, Dynamics of Bridges, Volume 5 (Conference Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Mechanics Series 3). 2011ISBN 978-1-4419-9824-87 approx. $259.00

ERCOFTAC Series

Merci (Eds), Experiments and Numerical Simula-tions of Diluted Spray Turbulent Combustion (ERCOFTAC Series 17). 2011ISBN 978-94-007-1408-37 $199.00

IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology

Ralyté (Eds), Engineering Methods in the Service-Oriented Context. ME 2011 (IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 351). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19996-77 approx. $109.00

Tatnall (Eds), Information Technology and Managing Quality Education. ITEM 2010 (IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 348). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19714-77 approx. $109.00

Lecture Notes in Business Information

Filipe (Eds), Enterprise Information Systems. ICEIS 2010 (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing 73). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19801-47 approx. $109.00

van Sinderen (Eds), Enterprise Interoperability. IWEI 2011 (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing 76). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19679-97 $94.00

Lecture Notes in Computational Science and Engineering

Clavero (Eds), BAIL 2010 - Boundary and Interior Layers, Computational and Asymptotic Methods (Lecture Notes in Computational Science and Engineering 81). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19664-57 approx. $129.00

Lecture Notes in Computer Science

Abdulla (Eds), Tools and Algorithms for the Construction and Analysis of Systems. TACAS 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6605). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19834-27 $95.00

Barthe (Ed), Programming Languages and Systems. ESOP 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6602). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19717-87 $107.00

Berry (Eds), Requirements Engineering: Founda-tion for Software Quality. REFSQ 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNPSE 6606). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19857-17 $72.00

Page 90: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/librarybooks80 Springer News 4/2011Proceedings

Biryukov (Eds), Selected Areas in Cryptography. SAC 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 6544). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19573-07 approx. $89.95

Ceri (Eds), Search Computing (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6585). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19667-67 approx. $69.95

Cooper (Eds), Languages and Compilers for Parallel Computing. LCPC 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6548). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19594-57 approx. $69.95

Debled-Rennesson (Eds), Discrete Geometry for Computer Imagery. DGCI 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNIP 6607). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19866-37 approx. $99.00

Degano (Eds), Formal Aspects of Security and Trust. FAST 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 6561). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19750-57 $72.00

Dimitrakakis (Eds), Privacy and Security Issues in Data Mining and Machine Learning. PSDML 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6549). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19895-37 approx. $69.95

Gelbukh (Ed), Computational Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing, CICLing 2011, Pt. I (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6608). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19399-67 $95.00

Gelbukh (Ed), Computational Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing. CICLing 2011, Pt. II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6609). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19436-87 $107.00

Giannakopoulou (Eds), Fundamental Approaches to Software Engineering. FASE 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6603). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19810-67 $95.00

Hofmann (Ed), Foundations of Software Science and Computational Structures. FOSSACS 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6604). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19804-57 $95.00

Iliopoulos (Eds), Combinatorial Algorithms. IWOCA 2010 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6460). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19221-07 approx. $89.95

Ishai (Ed), Theory of Cryptography. TCC 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 6597). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19570-97 $119.00

Knoop (Ed), Compiler Construction. CC 2011/ETAPS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6601). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19860-17 $83.00

Koch (Eds), Reconfigurable Computing: Architectures, Tools and Applications. ARC 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6578). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19474-07 $95.00

Larrosa (Eds), Recent Advances in Constraints. CSCLP 2009 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6384). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19485-67 $72.00

Marchetti-Spaccamela (Eds), Theory and Practice of Algorithms in (Computer) Systems. TAPAS 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6595). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19753-67 approx. $69.95

Nguyen (Eds), Intelligent Information and Database Systems. ACIIDS 2011, Pt. I (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6591). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-20038-07 $107.00

Nguyen (Eds), Intelligent Information and Database Systems. ACIIDS 2011, Pt. II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6592). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-20041-07 approx. $109.00

Salerno (Eds), Social Computing, Behavioral-Cultural Modeling and Prediction. SBP 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6589). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19655-37 $83.00

Spring (Eds), Passive and Active Measurement (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNCCN 6579). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19259-37 $72.00

Strang (Eds), Communication Technologies for Vehicles. PAM 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNCCN 6596). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19785-77 approx. $69.95

Takahashi (Eds), Evolutionary Multi-Criterion Optimization. EMO 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 6576). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19892-27 approx. $109.00

Vetulani (Ed), Human Language Technology. Challenges for Computer Science and Linguistics. LTC 2009 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 6562). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-20094-67 approx. $99.00

Yu (Eds), Database Systems for Advanced Applications, DASFAA 2011, Pt. I (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6587). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-20148-67 approx. $109.00

Yu (Eds), Database Systems for Advanced Applications. DASFAA 2011, Pt. II (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 6588). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-20151-67 approx. $89.95

Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems

Shi (Eds), New State of MCDM in the 21st Century (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 648). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19694-27 approx. $109.00

Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering

Neri (Eds), Sensors and Microsystems (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 91). 2011ISBN 978-94-007-1323-97 $179.00

Local Sustainability

Otto-Zimmermann (Ed), Resilient Cities (Local Sustainability 1). 2011ISBN 978-94-007-0784-97 $259.00

Operations Research

Hu (Eds), Operations Research Proceedings 2010 (Operations Research Proceedings). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-20008-37 approx. $179.00

Springer Proceedings in Physics

Odintsov (Eds), Cosmology, Quantum Vacuum and Zeta Functions (Springer Proceedings in Physics 137). 2011ISBN 978-3-642-19759-87 $259.00

Page 91: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.com/librarybooks 81Springer News 4/2011 Proceedings

Springer Series in Geomechanics and Geoengineering

Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation and Degradation in Geomaterials (Springer Series in Geomechanics and Geoengineering 11). 2011ISBN 978-94-007-1420-57 approx. $189.00

Page 92: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

springer.comABCD

014891x

Springer NEWS Subject ListDownload any time! springer.com/NEWSonlineGo directly to the web site and download whatever files you want. Each issue remains

online for six months.

Our subjects and files are listed here for your reference.

PDF CHAPTERSArts/DesignBiomedicineBusiness for Professionals/ManagementChemistryComputer ScienceEarth Sciences/GeographyEconomicsEducationEnergyEngineeringEnvironmental SciencesHuman SciencesLawLife SciencesLinguisticsMaterials ScienceMathematicsMedicinePharmacyPhilosophyPhysics/AstronomyPopular ScienceProceedingsProfessional ComputingPsychologyReligionSocial SciencesStatistics

ADDITIONAL FILESAuthor IndexTitle IndexComplete CatalogExcel List (online only)Order Form

ONLINE FILE NAMES*news11xx_artsnews11xx_biomedicinenews11xx_business_managementnews11xx_chemistrynews11xx_computer_sciencenews11xx_earth_geonews11xx_economicsnews11xx_educationnews11xx_energynews11xx_engineeringnews11xx_environmentnews11xx_human_sciencesnews11xx_lawnews11xx_life_sciencesnews11xx_linguisticsnews11xx_materialsnews11xx_mathematicsnews11xx_medicinenews11xx_pharmacynews11xx_philosophynews11xx_physicsnews11xx_popular_sciencenews11xx_proceedingsnews11xx_computing_professionalnews11xx_psychologynews11xx_religionnews11xx_social_sciencesnews11xx_statistics

ONLINE FILE NAMESnews11xx_authornews11xx_titlenews11xx_Complete_Catalognews11xx_NEWSnews11xx_order

springer.com/NEWSonline – be the first to know!

*xx is replaced by the number of the month. For example, 1103 means the March 2011 issue.

014891x_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 14/01/2011 4:30:11 PM

Page 93: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

Sales and Service

Bookstore and Library Sales:

Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Salestel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578e-mail: [email protected]

Trade Marketing Support:

Phillip Scott, Channel Marketing Specialisttel: 800-777-4643 ext. 621e-mail: [email protected]

Agency Account Information

7 Library Approval Plan7 Bookseller Agency Plan7 Annual Prepayment Plan7 Standing Orders

Attn: Joe KozakiewiczP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303fax: 201-348-4505e-mail: [email protected]

To Order:

SpringerP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485

or call

800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET

or fax

201-348-4505

or e-mail

[email protected]

World Wide Web:

Springer: springer.comApress: www.apress.comBirkhäuser: www.birkhauser.comCopernicus: www.copernicusbooks.comKey Curriculum: www.keypress.com

Returns:

Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not follow the procedures detailed above.

Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada): Springerc/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution CenterBrooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3Brooklyn, NY 11205

Returns in Canada:Springerc/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse34 Armstrong AvenueGeorgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9

Prices:

Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.

Continuation Orders

Library Approval Plan:

All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication. A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.

Bookseller Agency Plan:

The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-cations in the plan may be made at any time.

Annual Prepayment Plan:

Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.

Standing Orders:

Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.

Change of Address for Continuation Orders:

Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance. Please indicate:7 journal or standing order title7 date on which the change is to take effect7 old address7 new address

For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).

General InformationSpringer News 4/2011

Discount Key

P = ProfessionalMC = Medicine/ClinicalMR = Medicine/ReferenceT = TradeC = Computer TradeL = Landolt-Bornstein HandbookS = Special Software

springer.comABCD

014161b

Notice of Price Changes

Springer announces that as of

April 1, 2011a new price list for print books will take effect.

The list of price changes will be posted for download from

springer.com/booksellers

new price list

ANNOUNCEMENT

014161b_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 16/02/2011 5:30:47 PM

Page 94: 2011 Springer NEWS · 2012-04-27 · 52 Bloch, The Real Numbers and Real Analysis 48 Böllinghaus (Eds), Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III 81 Bonelli (Eds), Advances in Bifurcation

2011

AB

Springer

NEWSHeidelberg

New York

Dordrecht

London

Tokyo

Vienna

Basel

Berlin

Hong Kong

Milan

New Delhi

Paris

springer.comABCD

APRIL

2011

4

Bank Verlag

Birkhäuser

Copernicus

Current Medicine

Humana Press

Physica Verlag

Springer Healthcare

Praxis

Springer Wien NewYork

T.M.C. Asser Press

VDI

H2090

springer.com/NEWSonline